Skip to main content

Full text of "A lecture on the historic evidence of the authorship and transmission of the books of the New Testament, delivered before the Plymouth young men's Christian association, October 14, 1851"

See other formats


iPMiw^fe' 


6  .  / .  o  3 

Srom  t^e  £i6rari?  of 

ggequeat^c^  6)?  ^im  to 
t^e  feifirari?  of 

(princefon  C^eofogicdf  ^eminarg 

>IJ)  k^  u-  C)  o  u-- 


H 


A  LECTURE 


HISTORIC  EVIDENCE  OF  THE  AUTHORSHIP  AND 

TRANSMISSION  OF  THE  BOOKS  OF 

THE  NEW  TESTAMENT, 

DELIVERED   EEFOEE  THE 

PLYMOUTH  YOUNG   MEN'S   CHRISTIAN   ASSOCIATION, 
OCTOBER  14,  1851. 

BY 

S.  P.  TKEGELLES,  LL.D. 


"  —  Ita  ut  interrogati,  cujus  quisque  liber  sit,  non  hsesitemus,  quid  respondere 
debeamus."— ^M^wsfiwMS,  contra  Faustum,  1.  33. 


LONDON: 

SAMUEL  BAGSTER  AND  SONS, 

15,  PATERNOSTER  ROW. 


M.DCCC.m. 


TO 

ANDREW  ALEXANDER,    ESQ.,    LL.D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  GREEK 
IN  THE   UNIVERSITY  OF  ST.  ANDREWS, 

THE  FOLLOWING  LECTUEE 

IS    RESPECTFULLY    AND    GRATEFULLY    INSCRIBED, 
BY    HIS    SINCERE    FRIEND, 

THE  AUTHOR. 


Plymoutu, 

March  18,  1852. 


CONTENTS. 


Paae 

INTEODUCTION ix 

LECTURE 

Importance  of  the  subject 1 

PROCESS  OF  PROOF 4 

St.  Augustine's  mode  of  investigation 5 

Period  of  inquiry 7 

NEW  TESTAMENT  AS  A  COLLECTIVE  VOLUME  8 

Testimony  of  Eusebius,  264— 330 8 

All  our  Books  universally  received  except  James,  2  Peter, 

2  &  3  John,  Jude,  and  Revelation 9 

Discrimination  occasioned  by  the  Diocletian  Persecution  .  10 

Traditors 12 

Books  received  in  the  time  of  Origen,  185—254    ...  13 

Canon  in  Muratori 15 

Date  of  this  Canon           17 

New  Testament  Books  in  general  use  in  the  time  of  contem- 
poraries of  the  Apostles 19 

ST.  PAUL'S  EPISTLES 21 

Proofs  in  the  2nd  century;   Canon  in  Muratori,  Irenoeus, 

Clement  of  Alexandria,  Tertullian 22 

Marcion 25 

Tertullian's  appeal 26 


VI  CONTENTS. 

Page 
Testimony  of  Clement  of  Kome  to  1  Corinthians,  in  1st 

century 29 

Authority  of  that  Epistle  indirectly  shown      ....  31 

Clement's  testimony  to  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans    ,        .  32 

Polycarp's  testimony  to  the  Epistle  to  the  Philippians  .  32 

„  „         to  1  Timothy,  Romans,  1  Corinthians, 

and  Ephesians 33 

THE  FOUR  GOSPELS 35 

Regarded  as  known  in  the  2nd  century          .        ,        ,        .  35 

Testimony  of  Ireneeus 36 

K'ot  dependent  on  Papal  authority.    Irenseus  and  Victor  37 

Connection  of  Irenseus  with  the  Apostolic  age  .        .  38 

Justin  Martyr's  account  of  the  Gospels  as  publicly  read       .  40 

Justin's  Gospels  not  apocryphal  writings     ....  42 

Untenable  theory  as  to  myths    ......         44,  45 

Proved  facts  not  invalidated  by  lapse  of  time       ...  46 

Testimony  of  John  the  Presbyter  to  Mark  and  Matthew       .  48 

Sentences  in  Polycarp  and  Clement  of  Rome       ...  49 

Connection  of  1  Timothy  v.  18,  with  Luke  x.  7        .        .        .  50 

ACTS  OF  THE  APOSTLES 52 

EPISTLE  TO  THE  HEBREWS        ......  52 

Early  use 53 

Authorship  not  authority  in  question 53 

Pauline  in  a  general  sense 54 

CATHOLIC  EPISTLES.   1  PETER 54 

1  JOHN 55 

BOOKS  OPPOSED  BY  SOME.    EPISTLE  OF  JAMES  56 

Origen,  Clement,  Syriac  Version 56,  57 

2  PETER 58 

Addressed  to  Cappadocia ;  testimony  of  Firmilianus  58 

Passage  in  Clement  of  Rome  .  59 


CONTENTS.  Vll 

Page 
2  &  3  JOHN 66 

EPISTLE  OF  JUDE 61 

APOCALYPSE 61 

Papias,  Justin  Martyr,  Irenneus,  Melito,  Clement  of  Alexan- 

andria,  Origen,  Tertullian,  and  Hippolytus,  as  witnesses  61, 62 
Counter  statements  of  Caius  and  Dionysius  .  .  .62, 63 
Apocalypse  rejected  through  opposition  to  Millcnarianism  63 

EESULTS  OF  EVIDENCE 64 

Wide  range  of  historic  evidence  61, 65 

No  difficulty  in  tracing  back  as  far  as  from  Eusebius  to 

St.  Paul 65 

St.  Augustine's  Canon  fully  met 65, 66 

Acts  of  Paul  and  Thecla,  and  similar  books,  why  rejected  67 

No  counter  evidence 63 

EVIDENCE  FROM  THE  CHANNELS  OF  TRANSMIS- 
SION   70 

Testimony  from  corporate  custody 71 

Transmission  by  MSS.  and  Versions 73 

CLAIMS  OF  ROME 74 

Contradicted  by  the  transmission  of  Scripture    ...  76 

"  The  Church  a  Witness  and  Keeper  of  Holy  Writ "     .        .        76 

TRANSMISSION  OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT  TO  US. 

ENGLISH  VERSIONS 77 

Anglo-Saxon  Versions 77 

Wycliffe 78 

Endeavours  to  suppress  his  Version S() 

Tyndale 81 

Covcrdalc 82 

Accession  of  Queen  Elizabeth  (Nov.  17,  1558),  free  use  of 

Scripture 83 


Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


ROME  AS  A  KEEPER  OF  HOLY  WRIT 

A  keeper  back  of  MSS 

A  keeper  back  of  vernacular  Scripture 
Respect  shown  to  conscience  at  Rome 
Romish  Sunday-schools       .... 
Scriptures  in  Itahan  for  sale  at  Rome    . 
Ai'tifice  of  Romish  Yersious 


ROME  AS  A  WITNESS  OF  HOLY  WRIT 

"  Go  unto  Joseph" 

"The  Throne  of  Mary"           .        .        .        . 
Imposture  not  detected  for  want  of  Bibles 
Illustration  of  this 


USES  OF  SUCH  INVESTIGATION 


As  meeting  the  claims  of  Rome 
As  a  guard  against  Rationalism 
Difficulties  alike  in  Nature  and  in  Revelation 


Page 
83 
84 
85 
86 
86 
87 
88 


90 
90 
91 

92 

93 

94 

95,  96 


APPENDIX: 

No.  I.    On  the  Text  of  the  New  Testament    ....       97 
No.  II.    Some  of  the  Results  of  the  Genuineness  of  the  New 

Testament 108 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  object  of  the  following  Lecture  is  to  present,  in  an 
intelligible  and  popular  form,  an  accurate  statement  of 
the  historic  evidence  which  enables  us  to  speak  with  cer- 
tainty as  to  the  authorship  of  the  books  of  the  New 
Testament,  and  also  to  describe  the  channels  through 
which  they  have  been  transmitted  to  us  ; — these  channels 
of  transmission  themselves  bearing  an  important  testi- 
mony to  the  books  handed  down. 

In  the  compass  of  a  Lecture  but  an  outline  of  some 
parts  of  the  subject  was  possible  ;  I  have,  therefore,  stated 
very  briefly  those  points  about  which  no  question  is 
raised  ;  and,  thus,  in  such  parts,  I  have  rather  pointed 
out  the  evidence  than  given  it  in  detail :  on  those  sub- 
jects, however,  which  are  at  all  controverted,  the  evidence 
has  been  given  with  considerable  minuteness. 

I  have  long  wished,  and  intended,  to  write  a  full 
account  of  the  historic  evidence  on  this  important  sub- 
ject; the  materials  for  which  have  increased  on  my  hands 
while  engaged  in  biblical  studies,  connected  with  the  text 
of  the  New  Testament,  on  which  I  have  been  occupied 

b 


X  INTRODUCTION. 

for  several  years.  I  need  not  here  detail  the  causes  which 
have  prevented  the  completion  and  publication  of  the 
volume  of  Historic  Evidence,  which  I  announced  some 
years  ago,  as  being  in  preparation  ;  I  have  only  now  to 
say,  that  this  Lecture  contains  an  outline  of  part  of  the 
subject,  into  the  whole  of  which  I  may,  perhaps,  fully 
enter  at  a  future  time. 

My  reasons  for  publishing  this  Lecture  are  identical 
with  those  which  led  me  to  deliver  it :  I  wished  to  give 
a  clear  and  sufficient  answer  to  the  inquiries,  Why  do  you 
receive  the  New  Testament  books  as  genuine  ?  and,  How 
have  these  ancient  writings  come  down  to  our  days  ? 
Professed  scholars  will  see  (if  they  should  read  the  fol- 
lowing pages)  that  I  have  not  sought  to  make  myself 
intelligible  to  them  exclusively :  indeed,  on  biblical  sub- 
jects, although  there  are  many  things  which  scholars  only 
can  investigate,  yet  the  practical  value  of  their  investiga- 
tions all  depends  on  their  being  intelligently  communi- 
cated to  general  readers.  I  trust  that  it  will  not  be 
thought  that  it  is  ever  needful  to  sacrifice  accuracy  to 
this  end.  The  historic  evidence  to  the  authorship  of  the 
New  Testament  books  is  a  subject  of  common  concern  to 
all  Christians.  If  attacks  are  made  with  a  great  show  of 
learning  and  research,  it  is  well  for  those  who  may  meet 
with  such  popular  attacks  to  be  fore-armed.  It  is  not  the 
lot  of  every  one  to  examine  and  search  for  himself  through 
the  mass  of  Christian  literature  for  the  first  four  centuries ; 
but  there  are  few,  indeed,  who  cannot  apprehend  the 
bearing  of  evidence  when  it  is  placed  before  them.  The 
needful  avocations  of  daily  life  will  often  render  personal 
study  and  research  impossible ;  the  daily  discharge  of 
daily  duty  has  to  be  fulfilled  conscientiously ;  and  it  is  to 
those  who  are  thus  engaged  in  the  laborious  occupations 


INTRODUCTION.  xi 

of  the  desk,   the  warehouse,   or  the    shop,   that  I  wish 
especially  to  address  this  statement  of  evidence. 

All  men  are  not  astronomers ;  yet  all  can  appreciate 
the  results  of  mathematical  knowledge  when  applied  to 
astronomy ;  just  in  the  same  way  may  the  results  of 
critical  studies,  applied  to  Scripture,  be  understood  and 
used  by  readers  in  general.  It  is  true  that  many  may  not 
even  remember  the  names  of  the  early  witnesses  to  our 
New  Testament  books ;  still,  however,  if  they  can  grasp 
the  facts  of  their  evidence,  they  will  carry  away  and  re- 
tain those  results  which  will  be  of  great  practical  value 
when  occasion  should  arise. 

On  ordinary  subjects  there  are  many  things  to  which 
we  give  credit,  because  we  rely  on  the  accuracy  of  our 
informant.  Thus,  even  amongst  men  of  some  scientific 
knowledge,  but  few  calculate  an  eclipse  for  themselves : 
they  see  that  its  occurrence  is  stated  in  the  almanack, 
and  that  is  enough  :  and  as  to  persons  in  general,  they 
believe  that  the  eclipse  will  take  place  at  such  a  day  and 
hour,  with  perhaps  hardly  a  thought  hoiv  it  can  be  pre- 
defined by  astronomers.  And  so  on  most  subjects  :  we 
trust  the  information  which  we  receive,  because  we  believe 
in  the  competency  of  our  informant.  But  when  questions 
are  raised,  then,  indeed,  there  is  often  enough  a  desire  to 
investigate  the  grounds  on  which  the  information  rests ; 
we  may  frequently  satisfy  ourselves  as  to  these,  though 
we  never  could  have  traced  them  out  for  ourselves. 

Thus,  as  to  this  part  of  Christian  evidence,  I  only  ask 
for  credit  to  be  given  me  for  bringing  forward  true  testi- 
monies of  persons  who  lived  at  the  times  mentioned ;  — 
thus  pointing  out  the  steps  of  argument  which  others 
may  easily  follow.  On  this  it  may  be  remarked  that  the 
evidence  of  the  witnesses  is  by  no  means  weakened 
through  the  peculiar  opinions  which  any  of  them  held  ; 


Xll  INTRODUCTION. 

and  it  is  also  well  to  notice  that  the  paucity  of  the  Chris- 
tian writings  in  the  second  century  arises,  in  part,  from  so 
many  ancient  works  having  been  lost :  this  loss  of  ancient 
writings  causes  such  a  contrast  between  the  second  cen- 
tury and  the  fourth. 

In  saying  that  I  do  not  now  address  myself  to  professed 
scholars,  I  wish  it  to  be  plainly  understood  that  I  do  not 
avoid  their  scrutiny  :  they  will  find  that  all  extracts  from 
ancient  writers  have  been  fairly  and  sufficiently  quoted, 
and  that  when  mere  references  to  passages  have  been 
made,  places  have  always  been  pointed  out  which  suffi- 
ciently prove  the  subject  in  hand."^'  I  mention  this  be- 
cause popular  statements  are  sometimes  opposed  (most 
needlessly)  to  critical  exactitude.  On  points  of  Christian 
evidence  I  have  myself  often  felt  how  unsatisfactory  it  is 
to  find,  instead  of  a  close  and  severe  statement  of  what 
the  testimony  of  a  writer  is,  a  loose  assertion,  "  it  cannot 
be  doubted  but  that  he  used  and  quoted  such  or  such  a 
book."  I  never  knew  what  value  to  attach  to  such  re- 
marks, until  I  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  for 
myself. 

Of  course  I  claim  no  originality  as  to  the  passages 
brought  forward ;  they  have  all,  I  believe,  been  cited  by 
others  ;  in  every  case,  however,  I  have  re-examined  them  ; 
and  in  drawing  up  the  arguments  based  on  them,  I  have 
followed  in  the  track  of  others  or  not,  as  I  found  suitable. 

No  apology  is  needed  for  endeavouring  to  popularise 
accurate  statements  on  such  subjects.  Had  I  my  choice, 
I  would  seek  to  address  myself  to  the  Christian  people  on 
points  connected  with  Scripture,  rather  than  to  the  in- 

*  I  suppose  that  no  objection  will  be  made  to  tbo  citations  being  given  only 
in  a  translated  form ;  I  can  assure  the  reader,  be  he  friend  or  foe,  that  every 
quotation  has  been  taken  from  the  original  source. 


INTRODUCTION.  XIU 

structed  few  ;  because  such  matters  are  of  equal  or  of 
greater  concern  to  them  ;  and  especially  so  in  the  present 
day,  when  endeavours  are  habitually  made  to  circulate 
almost  every  possible  statement  which  would  invalidate 
the  authority  of  Scripture.  As  things  are  so,  it  is  the 
Christian  people  that  ought  especially  to  be  considered  on 
these  subjects;  in  illustration  of  this,  an  ancient  saying 
occurs  to  my  mind,  "  that  it  were  as  well  not  to  have 
thought  of  that  which  is  for  the  common  good,  if  one  did 
not  know  how  to  express  it  intelligibly  to  those  whom  it 
concerns." 

In  the  popular  literature  of  the  present  day,  how  habi- 
tually do  we  find  a  laxity  of  thought  and  expression  with 
regard  to  Scripture  authority,  or  even  a  tacit  assumption 
that  modern  research  has  disproved  this  as  an  antiquated 
superstition !  I  do  not  now  speak  of  the  open  and  avowed 
attacks  on  Revelation.  And  then,  again,  there  is  often  a 
tone  of  gentleness  when  errors  on  these  fundamental 
points  are  mentioned;  whereas,  any  distinct  assertion  of 
the  authority  of  God's  word  is  stigmatised  as  polemical 
intolerance.  This  may  be  found  in  publications  which 
professedly  avoid  all  mention  of  religious  opinions.  Thus, 
a  popular  review,  conducted  ostensibly  on  such  principles, 
recently  dismissed  a  work  with  only  the  following  re- 
mark :  "A  thoughtful  book  on  a  great  and  difficult  his- 
torical problem"; — this  said  "thoughtful  book"  being 
one  of  the  most  bitter  and  unseemly  of  modern  attacks  on 
revealed  religion,  intolerant  and  severe  ;  and  the  '•'■difficult 
historical  problem"  being  just  this, — Avhcther  the  four 
Gospels  are  forgeries  or  not !  If  avowedly  neutral  pub- 
lications, through  oversight,  admit  what  casts,  by  insinua- 
tion, such  doubt  on  the  objective  facts  of  Revelation,  what 
must  be  the  tone  of  those  which  oppose  it  ? 


XIV  INTRODUCTION. 

And  there  are  open  opposers, —  men  who  use  all  then- 
influence,  not  only  to  negative  the  truths  of  revealed 
religion,  by  causing  a  rejection  of  the  distinctive  doctrine 
of  Christianity,— redemption  by  the  blood  of  the  Son  of 
God, — but  who  set  themselves  to  disprove  the  records  of 
our  faith ;  and  when  any  defend  those  truths  which  they 
know  to  be  of  infinite  j^reciousness  to  their  own  hearts, 
they  stigmatise  such  with  being  actuated  by  sectarian 
bigotry  and  a  narrow-minded  repudiation  of  the  highest 
results  of  modern  philosophy.  Then  be  it  so  ;  let  modern 
philosophy  perish,  so  that  the  Cross  of  Christ  be  main- 
tained;'^' let  those  who  know  the  gospel  of  the  grace  of 
God,  uphold  it  in  all  its  preciousness, — remembering  that 
the  contradictions  of  man  can  never  invalidate  the  truth 
of  God. 

We  are  told,  with  regard  to  the  publication  of  certain 
works,  not  a  few  of  which  are  of  doubtful  or  thoroughly 
sceptical  character, —  "Nothing  could  be  more  unworthy 
than  the  attempt  to  discourage,  and  indeed  punish,  such 
unselfish  enterprise,  by  attaching  a  bad  reputation  for 
orthodoxy  to  everything  connected  with  German  philoso- 
phy and  theology.  This  is  especially  unworthy  in  the 
'student'  or  the  'scholar'  (to  borrow  Fichte's  names) 
who  should  disdain  to  set  themselves  to  the  task  of  ex- 
citing, by  their  friction,  a  popular  prejudice  and  clamour 
on  matters  on  which  the  populace  are  no  competent 
judges,  and  have  indeed  no  judgment  of  their  own ;  and 
who  should  feci,  as  men  themselves  devoted  to  thought, 

*  Sometimes  they  accuse  defenders  of  being  actuated  by  "  interested  motives" ; 
be  it  so;— those  who  defend  the  title-deeds  of  their  heavenly  inheritance,  the 
book  of  the  Covenant  which  has  been  ratified  by  the  blood  of  the  Son  of  God, 
shed  for  the  remission  of  sins,  may  well  be  "interested"  in  so  doing j  for  hero 
they  have  the  record  of  that  eternal  life  which  God  has  given  them  in  his  Son. 
"  Interested  motives,"  such  as  these,  have  nothing  in  them  at  least  of  temporal 
policy. 


INTRODUCTION.  XV 

that  what  makes  a  good  book  is  not  that  it  should  gain  its 
reader's  acquiescence,  but  that  it  should  multiply  his 
mental  experience." 

This,  then,  is  modern  liberalism.  We  are  recom- 
mended to  read  books  which  in  many  ways  run  counter 
to  every  doctrine  of  Christian  belief.  We  may  pore  over 
all  that  has  been  written  in  opposition  to  the  Godhead  and 
sacrifice  of  Christ  ;  we  may  study  the  sceptical  and 
pseudo-philosophic  objections  to  the  authority  of  Scrip- 
ture ;  we  may  waste  our  hours  over  writings  intended  to 
disprove  that  there  is  a  "personal"  God  ;  and  all  this  is 
to  be  commended  as  increasing  our  mental  experience ; 
in  truth  it  would  increase  it,  even  as  our  first  parents 
obtained  by  transgression  the  knowledge  of  good  and 
evil.  "  Be  not  deceived :  evil  communications  corrupt 
good  manners."  However  unw^orthy  it  may  be  of  a 
Fichtian'^'  "student"  or  "  scholar"  to  object  to  the  habi- 
tual use  of  poison  for  the  mind,  the  Christian  student  of 
God's  truth  may  rightly  warn  the  popular  mind  (if  he 
have  ability  so  to  do),  especially  as  it  is  admitted  that  on 
this  subject  it  possesses  no  judgment  of  its  own.f     We 

*  The  philosopliy  of  Fichte  is,  I  hope,  but  little  known  amongst  those  for 
whom  these  pages  are  especially  designed.  The  attempts  to  popularise  his  sys- 
tem in  an  EngUsh  garb  have  not  been  particularly  successful.  Dr.  Davidson 
("BibUcal  Hermeneutics,"  p.  219)  thusspeaksof  it— "  The  Fichtian  philosophy, 
which  was  idealism,  regarding  all  objective  being  as  real  only  in  our  subjective 
ideas,  and  thus  denying  the  existence  of  a  Supreme  Being,  which  Fichte  re- 
solved into  the  notion  of  a  subjective  moral  arrangement  of  the  world,  was  not 
expressly  made  the  foundation  of  any  system  of  theology."  Of  course  a  Fich- 
tian,— a  rejecter  of  all  thoughts  of  our  responsibility  to  God, — would  approve 
of  whatever  would  unsettle  belief  in  actual  Christianity. 

t  What  a  solemn  responsibihty,  then,  do  those  incur  who  press  on  the  atten- 
tion of  a  populace,  devoid  of  competency  of  judgment,  books  which  dogmatically 
teach  the  religion  of  negation  !  What  would  be  thought  of  the  libenilism  of  any 
friends  of  *'  progress"  who  should  say,  "  The  people  are  no  competent  judges  of 
what  is  wholesome  in  food  ;  it  is,  therefore,  an  unworthy  act  in  any  who  excite  a 
'  popular  prejudice'  against  us  when  we  offer  them  well-flavoured  poison"  ? 

And  as  to  what  was  said  about  "  German  philosophy  and  theology,"  in  the 


XVI  INTRODUCTION. 

have  not  to  stigmatise  any  body  of  men,  or  the  writers  of 
any  nation ;  but,  surely,  if  we  are  sincere  in  our  belief  in 
fundamental  truth,  we  can  do  no  other  than  show  the  real 
tendency  of  those  writings,  which  are  designed  (even  when 
many  other  things  are  introduced  into  them)  to  lead  the 
mind  away  from  the  simple  reception  of  the  Revelation 
given  to  us  in  the  Scripture. 

The  mode  in  which  many  conduct  their  opposition  to 
the  truthfulness  and  authority  of  Scripture,  has  been  thus 
described  :  — 

"  Religion  and  metaphysics  are  now  contemplated  from 
within,  and  not  from  without ;  the  world  has  been  absorbed 
in  man.  The  opponents  of  Christian  doctrine  in  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  were  generally  men 
of  reckless  and  abandoned  im]3iety,  while  they  now  claim 
its  blessings  without  a  Church,  affect  its  morality  without 
a  Covenant,  assume  the  name  of  Christ  without  acknow- 
ledging a  personal  Saviour,  and  regard  Christianity  itself 
as  a  necessary  truth,  independent  of  any  gospel-histories, 
and  unsupported  by  any  true  redemption.  They  have 
abandoned  the  'letter'  to  secure  the  'spirit,'  and  in  return 
for  the  mysteries  of  our  faith,  they  offer  us  a  law  without 
types,  a  theocracy  without  prophecies,  a  Christianity 
without  miracles  ;  —  a  cluster  of  definite  wants,  with  no 
reality  to  supply  them  ;  for  the  '  mythic '  theory,  as  if  in 
bitter  irony,  concedes  every  craving  which  the  gospel 
satisfies,  and  only  accounts  for  the  wide-spread  '  delusion' 
by  the  intensity  of  man's  need.  Christian  apologists  have 
exhibited  the  influence  of  the  same  change  ;  they  are 
naturally  led  to  value  exclusively  those  arguments  which 

extract  given  above,  it  should  be  observed  Ibat  the  most  determinedly  anti- 
Christian  of  the  books  thus  commended  to  our  attention,  is  of  mere  English 
origin. 


INTRODUCTION.  XVU 

meet  the  exigencies  of  their  own  times ;  and  so  it  is  now 
a  common  thing  to  depreciate  the  outward  evidences  of 
religion,  which  are  not,  however,  the  less  important  be- 
cause they  are  not  conclusive  to  some  minds.  Historical 
proofs  must  necessarily  claim  attention,  even  where  they 
cannot  convince ;  and,  as  aforetime,  many  who  did  not 
believe  for  Jesus'  words,  believed  for  his  very  works' 
sake,  so  still  the  external  array  of  Christian  evidence  may 
kindle  the  true  inner  faith,  and  in  turn  reflect  its  glory." 
—  {Ekmients  of  the  Gospel  Harmony:  by  Brooke  Foss 
Westcott,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge : 
pp.  3,  4). 

Whatever  be  the  tone  of  mind  in  the  present  day,  no- 
thing surely  can  deprive  historic  proof  of  its  value  and 
force.  Be  it  remembered,  that  its  force  depends  not  on 
the  mental  power  of  perception  of  those  to  whom  it  is 
addressed,  but  upon  its  own  nature.  If  a  man  be  in- 
capable of  understanding  a  demonstrated  theorem,  the 
fault  lies  in  his  mind,  and  not  in  the  nature  of  the  proof 
itself.  We  must  consider  this,  whenever  we  see  men  who 
are  not  convinced  by  the  plain  and  distinct  testimonies  to 
the  historic  reality  of  the  Christian  revelation.  Those 
who  are  proof  against  all  conviction,  seem  to  assume  that 
it  displays  mental  superiority  ;  if  so,  it  is  of  the  same  kind 
as  would  be  shown  by  one  who  would  deny  the  conclusive- 
ness of  a  simple  geometrical  demonstration.  Such  a  one 
might  deem  himself  superior  to  common  opinions ;  what 
others  would  think  of  him  is  a  somewhat  different  question. 

I  do  not  undervalue  the  labours  of  Christian  apologists 
who  regard  the  subject  (as  it  is  attacked  by  many)  from 
within.  If  there  were  in  existence  some  ancient  edifice  of 
vast  extent,  presenting  an  untold  variety  of  parts,  some 
might  say  that  it  was  the  product  of  many  ages,  without 
definite  plan,  or  unity  of  design.    Others  might  look  on  it 


XVlil  INTRODUCTION. 

with  more  intelligent  eyes,  and  might  perceive  the  mutual 
coherence  and  adaptation  of  the  respective  portions  ;  they 
might  show  that  allegations  of  want  of  symmetry  arose 
wholly  from  the  partial  and  incorrect  view  taken  by  the 
objectors.  They  might  thus  prove  that  the  common 
opinion  was  true,  that  it  had  proceeded  from  the  mind  of 
one  skilful  architect.  But  if  there  were  records  of  the 
origin  of  the  edifice,  such  as  inscriptions  on  its  various 
parts,  which  had  ahvays  been  well  known,  then  it  might 
be  thought  that  the  most  direct  proof  would  be  to  point  an 
objector  to  these  public  monuments.  He  who  took  this 
line  of  evidence  would  by  no  means  overlook  the  labours 
of  those  who  proved  the  adaptation  of  the  parts  of  the 
whole  (a  work  which  would  probably  require  superior 
powers),  but  still  he  might  feel  that  he  took  the  more 
direct  way  of  proving  the  point,"^- — a  way,  be  it  observed, 
which  is  not  simply  apologetic,  but  which  puts  the  opposer 
on  the  defensive,  instead  of  allowing  him  to  hold  a  sup- 
posed vantage-ground  in  choosing  for  himself,  how,  when, 
and  where  to  attack. 

I  wish,  if  possible,  to  restore  the  historic  grounds  of 
Christian  evidence  to  their  proper  place ;  they  are,  I  am 
persuaded,  a  citadel  which  will  ever  be  found  impregnable  : 
it  seems  as  if  the  enemies  of  Revelation  have  secret  mis- 


*  In  this  Lecture  I  have  almost  exclusively  confined  myself  to  the  external 
parts  of  testimony ;  the  internal  accordance  has  only  been  hinted  at  incidentally. 
Many  points,  therefore,  in  which  the  New  Testament  books  exhibit  their  won- 
derful unity  and  coherence,  have  of  course  been  passed  by,  as  well  as,  in  general, 
the  sort  of  testimony  which  one  book  bears  to  another.  The  citation  of  St. 
Luke's  Gospel  in  1  Tim.  has  been  brought  forward,  because  it  is  direct,  but  not 
the  mention  of  St.  Paul's  Epistles  in  2  Pet.,  because  it  does  not  bear  on  certain 
specific  epistles. 

The  evidence  derived  from  mutual  coherence  and  relation  of  Scripture  has 
great  value  for  those  who  think,  while  historic  proof  addresses  itself  not  to  these 
only,  but  also  to  those  who,  from  their  avocations  or  their  mental  constitution, 
think  hut  little, — whose  attention  needs  to  be  aroused  by  a  presentation  of  distinct 
facts,  whoUy  irrespective  of  whether  they  think  or  not. 


INTRODUCTION.  XIX 

givings  as  to  this  point :  for  they  direct  those  attacks,  which 
are  intended  to  make  an  impression  on  the  multitude^  on 
any  other  point  rather  than  this  ;  they  casually  describe  it 
as  of  small  importance,  or  else  they  pass  it  by  as  though 
they  would  ignore  its  very  existence,  and  lead  others  to 
do  the  same. 

Thus,  every  conceivable  subject  which  relates  to  the 
books  of  Scripture  is  made  in  turn  the  locality  of  the  in- 
cursion of  those  rude  foray ers  :  their  object  being  offensive, 
they  choose  their  time,  their  place,  and  their  weapons ; 
and  using  a  vigilance  and  an  activity  worthy  of  a  better 
cause,  they  seek  ever  to  put  the  upholders  of  truth  merely 
on  the  defensive.  It  is,  indeed,  our  duty  "  to  contend 
earnestly  for  the  faith  once  delivered  to  the  saints";  but 
we  ought  to  occupy  such  a  position  as  to  be  able  so  to 
uphold  the  external  fabric  of  Revelation,  that  it  may 
afford  a  well-known  shelter  against  the  onslaught  of  assail- 
ants, and  that  its  historic  reality  may  be  so  known  that 
none  may  doubt,  except  those  who  are  willingly  ignorant. 

If  it  be  objected  by  any  that  I  set  out  from  the  assumed 
ground  of  belief,  I  answer,  that  objectors  commonly,  if  not 
universally,  assume  the  ground  of  negation  of  belief;  how- 
ever, in  the  exposition  of  argument  (as  found  in  the  follow- 
ing Lecture),  I  assume  nothing  on  the  peculiar  subject  of 
Christian  evidence :  I  take  there  the  simple  ground,  if  the 
ordinary  process  of  historical  investigation  be  well  founded^ 
then  it  follows  that  the  New  Testament  books  are  indeed 
genuine:  the  proof  is  then  given,  and  all  rests  on  the 
testimony  of  witnesses,  and  not  on  dogmatic  assumption. 

It  is  a  great  mistake  to  suppose  (as  many  now  seem  to 
do)  that  a  negation  of  belief  in  Revelation  marks  mental 
elevation,  or  is  an  indication  of  a  mind  that  thinks  for 


XX  INTRODUCTION. 

itself.  Any  one  can  thus  acquire  a  kind  of  celebrity  ;  and 
not  a  few  of  those,  whose  writings  and  words  are  circulated 
amongst  us,  appear  to  maintain  their  negative  opinions, 
simply  to  obtain  a  notoriety  which  they  could  gain  in  no 
other  way.  But  few  of  these,  however,  seem  to  think  for 
themselves  at  all.  They  adopt  some  notion  from  some 
leader,  and  thus,  while  they  boast  of  being  free  from  all 
trammels,  they  are  really  the  superstitious  admirers  (might 
I  not  say  adorers  ?)  of  what  they  consider  to  be  superior 
intellect  or  transcendant  genius. '^'^  They  profess  to  have 
taken  a  position  of  "  progress,"  and  they  speak  of  the 
need  that  we  have  of  some  new  declarer  of  truth.  Some 
even  expect  such  a  thing :  they  anticipate  the  rise  of  some 
one  who  shall  be  (to  use  their  own  words)  a  true  priest^  a 
prophet^  a  godlike  soul :  to  him  they  are  evidently  prepared 
to  listen  with  ears  of  obedient  credulity.  The  "  mission  " 
of  such  a  one  (to  use  a  term  which  certain  modern  wri- 
ters apply  so  uncouthly  to  persons  or  things  sent  forth  by 
no  one)  would  be  to  arouse  men  to  an  apprehension  of  the 
unreality  of  all  that  has  been  credited  as  revealed  truth, 
and  to  present  instead  such  rationalistic  apprehensions  as 
shall  fully  extol  and  glorify  the  mere  human  intellect. 
Whatever  opinions  the  reader  may  profess  on  the  subject 
of  the  prophetic  warnings  of  Scripture,  at  least  he  will,  I 
think,  see  in  these  expectations,  on  the  part  of  those  who 
reject  the  Revelation  given  to  us  by  Jesus  Christ,  that 
which  calls  his  solemn  words  to  mind, — "  I  am  come  in 
my  Father's  name,  and  ye  receive  me  not :  if  another  shall 
come  in  his  own  name,  him  ye  will  receive." — (John  iv.  43.) 

*  And  as  to  the  leaders  themselves,  the  mass  of  their  objections  and  arguments 
are  nothing  but  a  repetition  of  refuted  assertions,  utterly  devoid  of  originality, 
and  marking  no  superiority  of  mind  whatever  :  these  leaders  would  not  impose 
so  easily  on  their  followers,  had  they  to  do  with  persons  tolerably  well  acquainted 
with  what  had  been  thought  and  written  on  the  subject  long  ago,  or  with  those 
who  are  not  willing  to  be  deceived. 


INTKODUCTION".  XXI 

The  Scripture  tells  us  of  "  many  antichrists,"  and  also  of 
"  the  antichrist,"  who  shall  "  deny  the  Father  and  the 
Son." — (1  John  ii.  18,  22.)  Are  not  the  rejecters  of  Him 
who  once  came  in  his  Father's  name,  prepared  to  receive 
one,  who  is  marked  by  the  denial  of  all  revealed  truth  ? 
Has  not  the  Scripture  warned  us  as  to  those  that  "  received 
not  the  love  of  the  truth  that  they  might  be  saved,"  that 
"  for  this  cause  God  shall  send  them  strong  delusion,  that 
they  should  believe  a  lie  "? 

But  Avhat  other  can  be  expected,  if  men  have  before 
them  the  full  extent  of  the  evidence  to  the  coming  of  the 
Messiah  of  God,  and  to  his  work  of  atonement,  and  yet  cast 
it  all  aside  as  unworthy  of  acceptance,  but  that  they  should 
be  allowed  to  follow  the  Messiah  of  their  own  hearts,  and 
to  receive  the  solemn  and  righteous  judgment  of  Jesus 
Christ  of  Nazareth  at  his  second  appearing  ?  "^^ 

*  Since  the  above  was  written,  I  have  noticed  some  observations  on  statements 
contained  in  Tennyson's  poetry,  which  I  transcribe.  The  passage  to  which 
reference  is  made  is  that  in  which  he  says,  "  Eing  out  a  slowly-dying  cause," 
and  afterwards,  "  King  in  the  Christ  that  is  to  be."  These  expressions  seem 
plain  enough,  but  I  prefer  not  to  comment  on  them  in  my  own  words,  but  in 
those  of  a  reviewer.     His  remarks  are  :  — 

"  His  ringing  out  of  the  old  is  intelligible  enough,  especially  where  he  speaks 
of  a  '  slowly-dying  cause '  (that,  namely,  of  Christianity) ;  but  what  and  where, 
pray,  are  the  '  nobler  modes  of  life,  the  sweeter  manners,  purer  laws '  ?  Who 
is  to  bring  the  thousand  years  of  peace  ?  And  who,  tell  us,  Tennyson,  if  you 
can,  is  the  '  Christ  that  is  to  be'  ?  Of  this  one  thing  we  are  certain,  you  do  not 
mean  Jesus  of  iS'azareth,  or  any  one  system  or  person  retaining  Him  in  his  or 
its  beUef. 

"  We  ask  Tennyson,  as  a  thoughtful  and  gifted  man,  if  he  really  thinks,  ok  his 
principles,  the  millennium  so  near,  as  that  he  needs  be  awakening  already  the 

bells  of  its  jubilee  ? Is  it  Hterature  or  poesy  that  is  to  make  men 

happy? Or  is  it  philosophy  which  is  to  eflPect  this  mighty  change  ?  — 

philosophy  which,  in  its  modern  refined  shapes,  has  substituted  a  dead  idea  for 
a  living  God  and  Father,  shaken  under  man's  feet  the  hope  of  immortality, 
sought  with  cold,  firm  hand  to  quench  the  only  fire  from  heaven  which  has  ever 
shone  on  our  benighted  way,  and  decreed  solemnly,  in  its  chilly  and  skeleton- 
surrounded  halls,  that  Revelation  is  impossible We,  on  the  other 

hand,  hold  to  a  more  sure  word  of  hope  and  promise.  We  expect  new  heavens 
and  a  new  earth,  in  which  dvveUoth  righteousness.  We  look  for  the  help  of  man 
to  a  higher  source  than  himaelf."— Critic,  Feb.  2ud,  1853. 


XXU  INTRODUCTIOIf. 

These  observations  have  been  suggested  wholly  by  the 
remarkable  language  of  the  objectors  themselves,  and  the 
yearnings  for  the  future  which  have  occupied  their  hearts. 
Would  that  they  might  learn  to  be  satisfied  with  Him  who 
has  already  come,  and  that  through  faith  in  his  name  they 
might  find  a  shelter  from  that  solemn  reality,  "  the  wrath 
to  come  "! 

All  adherence  to  belief  in  Revelation  is  stigmatised  as 
opposition  to  "  progress  "  and  "free"  inquiry:  then  let 
words  be  thus  used ;  things  remain  the  same  : — it  is  better 
to  oppose  d\\  progress  towards  error,  and  utterly  repudiated 
should  be  dllfree  inquiry  which  sets  out  with  the  rejection 
of  the  authority  of  God.  Such  progress  as  some  now  talk 
of  with  regard  to  religious  truth  is  that  which  they  never 
would  apply  to  any  other  subject.  If  the  first  step  \t).  pro- 
gress as  to  Revelation  is  to  throw^  aside  all  that  we  know 
of  the  elementary  laws  of  evidence  as  to  facts, — then  let 
us  make  progress  in  learning  by  rejecting  letters,  in  natural 
philosophy  by  denying  the  law  of  gravitation,  in  geometry 
by  repudiating  definitions  and  axioms,  in  optics  by  denying 
the  very  existence  of  light,  and  in  chemistry  by  rejecting 
the  law  of  definite  proportions. 

Let  none  sui3pose  that  I  wish  to  put  an  acknowledgment 
of  the  facts  of  Revelation  in  too  high  a  place,  as  though 
such  a  reception  of  Scripture  and  Christianity  were  in  itself 
the  object  to  be  attained.  Far  from  it : — ^just  as  the  Law 
only  brought  condemnation  on  those  who  owned  its  claims 
but  transgressed  it,  so  the  New  Testament  brings  con- 
demnation on  every  man  who  owns  it  to  be  from  God,  and 
yet  does  not  use  its  teaching  as  showing  the  way  to  God, 
through  faith  in  Christ.  But  while  this  is  the  case,  we 
may  well  ask.  Which  is  the  more  likely  to  give  heed  to  the 
light, — he  who  rejects  it,  shuts  his  eyes  to  it,  and  goes  in 


INTRODUCTION.  XXlll 

a  contrary  direction,  or  he  who  owns  that  it  is  really  light, 
and  that  it  marks  the  way  in  which  his  steps  should  go  ? 

Romanism,  on  the  one  hand,  may  own  that  Scripture  is 
from  God,  and  yet  keep  it  from  the  eyes  of  men ;  rational- 
ism, on  the  other,  may  deny  the  claims  of  Scripture 
altogether.  Romanism  may  affirm  that  men  cannot  under- 
stand Scripture  for  themselves,  and  therefore  may  present 
to  them  doctrines  which  contradict  it,  and  may  also  set  up 
authority  based  on  false  assertions ;  rationalism  may  de- 
clare that  man  possesses  sufficient  "  intuitional  conscious- 
ness "  to  teach  him  aright.  In  opposition  to  both  these 
forms  of  error  we  may  stand  with  the  Scripture  as  our 
safeguard.  We  have  not  to  show  any  favour  to  Rome 
because  it  opposes  rationalism,  nor  are  we  to  have  any 
sympathy  with  rationalism  because  it  rejects  the  demands 
of  Rome.  We  may  admit  that  spiritual  illumination  is 
needed  to  understand  Scripture  aright,  but  that  God  gives 
this  by  the  operation  of  his  Spirit ;  and  so  far  from  claim- 
ing any  ability  of  our  own,  we  may  repudiate  the  posses- 
sion of  any  intuitive  powers  to  guide  us  aright.  The 
misuse  or  the  misinterpretation  of  Scripture  is  no  argu- 
ment for  lessening  its  own  value :  it  is  a  witness  to  the 
truths  of  God,  even  though  its  testimony  may  be  often 
unheeded.  A  heart  that  is  early  taught  the  authority  of 
Scripture,  and  that  is  instructed  in  what  the  Scripture  says, 
is  imbued  with  those  objective  truths  which  the  Holy 
Ghost  may  use  to  teach  their  living  power  and  efficacy  as 
inwardly  applied ;  while  he  who  is  taught  to  reject  Scrip- 
ture has  an  especial  barrier  placed  before  him  to  exclude 
the  light. 

This,  then,  is  an  answer  to  those  who  think  that  too 
much  stress  may  be  laid  on  the  historic  evidence  to  the 
Word  of  God  as  an  external  thing.  Happy  is  he  whom  the 
Spirit  of  God  leads  to  receive  the  testimony  of  Scripture 


XXIV  INTEODUCTION. 

mto  his  heart,  so  that  he  may  find  eternal  life,  through  the 
cross  of  Christ ;  he  knows  the  real  precioiisness  of  Scrip- 
ture ;  but  what  can  be  thought  of  the  twofold  blindness 
of  the  condition  of  him  who  not  only  rejects  the  truths 
which  bestow  spiritual  blessing,  but  who  formally  sets  up 
some  supposed  philosophy,  instead  of  that  which  authori- 
tatively declares  those  truths  ? 

In  2  Tim.  ch.  ii.,  the  value  of  holy  Scripture  is  especially 
declared  in  connection  with  "  perilous  times  "  of  the  "  last 
days,"  when  "  evil  men  and  seducers  shall  wax  worse  and 
worse,  deceiving  and  being  deceived."  In  contrast  to  this, 
Timothy  was  reminded  that  he  from  a  child  had  known 
the  Holy  Scriptures,  which  are  able  to  make  wise  unto 
salvation,  through  faith  which  is  in  Christ  Jesus.  Thus 
we  may  learn  tvhat  it  is  that  has  a  protective  power :  we 
have  the  ivhole  Scripture,  of  which  there  was  but  a  part 
written  when  Timothy  received  his  training ;  and  Scripture 
is  the  instrument  by  which  God  acts  on  the  mind  of  a  child 
that  learns  it ;  the  same  Scripture  makes  wise  unto  salva- 
tion, through  faith  in  that  Saviour  of  whom  it  testifies ; 
and  it  is  still  the  same  Scripture  which  affords  spiritual 
support  and  instruction  to  him  who  has  received  the  gospel 
of  Christ ;  for  by  it  "  the  man  of  God  may  be  perfect, 
throughly  furnished  unto  ail  good  works." 


A   LECTURE 


HISTORIC  EVIDENCE  OF  THE  AUTHORSHIP  AND 

TRANSMISSION  OF  THE  BOOKS  OF 

THE  NEW  TESTAMENT. 


In  speaking  of  the  historic  evidence  of  the  authorship 
and  transmission  of  the  books  of  the  New  Testament, 
I  propose,  first,  to  bring  before  your  attention  those 
proofs  which  are  conclusive  on  the  subject  of  their 
having  really  been  written  by  the  Apostles  and  their 
companions,  and  then,  to  point  out  briefly  the  channels 
through  which  they  have  been  transmitted  to  us. 

I  need  not  dwell  at  length  on  the  importance  of  the 
subject :  it  must  be  evident  to  all  who  value  the 
revelation  which  God  has  given  us  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment, that  it  is  well  for  our  minds  to  be  informed  as 
to  the  distinct  grounds  of  evidence  on  which  we  believe 
and  receive  these  v/ritings  as  authentic.  We  hold 
Christianity  as  a  divinely-communicated  system  of  reli- 
gion,— a  religion  which  is  based  on  facts ^  and  which 
sets  forth  doctrines  connected  with  those  facts:   the 


2  HISTORIC    EYIDENCE. 

New  Testament  presents  to  us  the  record  by  which 
those  facts  have  been  made  known  to  us, — hence  the 
interest  of  this  subject  to  the  mind  of  every  inteUigent 
Christian. 

The  ground- work  of  our  religion  is  the  fact  that  the 
Son  of  God,  who  was  with  the  Father  before  all  worlds, 
became  man,  and  for  our  salvation,  after  He  had  in  all 
things  glorified  God  by  a  life  of  obedience,  laid  down 
his  life  upon  the  cross  as  a  sacrifice  for  sinners,  that 
He  rose  again  from  the  dead,  and  that  He  ascended  to 
the  right  hand  of  God  the  Father,  after  having  com- 
manded repentance  and  remission  of  sins  to  be  preached 
in  his  name  amongst  all  nations,  and  having  set  forth 
"  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,"  as  the  object  of  our  allegiance  and  re- 
ligious worship,  whereunto  we  are  baptized. 

This  fact — the  cross  of  Jesus  Christ — is  the  ground 
and  reason  why  there  is  such  a  thing  as  Christianity  in 
the  world  :  it  is  this  which  has  delivered  nations  from 
the  blindness  and  idolatry  in  which  they  were  once 
sunk.  And  although  the  name  of  Christian  is  unhap- 
pily too  often  a  mere  profession,  and  although  it  is  in 
many  lands  almost  identified  with  false  and  evil  super- 
stitions, hateful  to  God  and  hurtful  to  man, — yet  still 
it  is  to  this  fact,  brought  to  our  souls  by  the  life-giving 
power  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  that  any  of  us  know  the 
real  blessing  of  peace  with  God,  through  a  Saviour's 
blood. 


IMPORTANCE.  3 

It  is  thus,  to  those  who  really  know  the  value  of  the 
gospel  of  Christ,  that  the  subject  before  us  is  replete 
with  interest ;  for  such  only  can  enter  into  the  tme 
value  of  the  Scriptures,  since  they  are  not  only  their 
instructor  in  the  truth  of  God,  but  they  are  also  the 
title-deeds  of  their  heavenly  inheritance. 

We  may  in  a  sense  apply  to  this  subject  the  words 
of  St.  Luke,  in  the  introduction  to  his  Gospel,  "  that 
thou  mayest  know  the  certainty  of  those  things  wherein 
thou  hast  been  instructed;"  for,  thoroughly  satisfied  as 
we  may  be  in  our  own  minds  of  the  full  authority  of  the 
records  of  our  religion,  we  cannot  but  feel  that  exact 
information  as  to  the  grounds  of  evidence  has  a  peculiar 
value,  when  objections  or  difficulties  are  raised  by  any. 
Our  own  minds  may  be  wholly  unaffected  by  the  ob- 
jections brought  forward, — we  may  be  as  sure  as  ever 
we  were  that  Scripture  is  the  word  of  God,  and  yet 
We  must  feel  that  it  is  at  least  unsatisfactory  to  have 
questions  raised  which  we  do  not  know  how  to  answer ; 
and  this  must  be  especially  true  in  a  case  like  the 
present,  when  the  difficulties  and  objections  may  be  so 
fully  met,  as  to  show  that  they  arise  either  from  the 
objector  not  being  fully  aware  of  the  bearings  of  the 
subject,  or  else  from  a  desire  on  his  part  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  the  ignorance  of  others. 

But  there  are  also  inquirers, — persons  who  really 
wish  to  know  on  what  ground  the  Scriptures  of  the 
New  Testament  are  received  :  now,   if  such  inquirers 


4  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

are  candid,  they  certainly  ouglit  to  be  met : — such 
persons  ought  to  be  shown  that  it  is  not  a  mere  preva- 
lent opinioji  that  Matthew  and  others  bore  testimony, 
in  the  books  which  bear  their  names,  to  the  events  of 
our  Lord's  life,  death,  and  resurrection,  but  that  we 
have  the  most  simple  and  well-defined  grounds  of 
certainty  that  this  is  the  unquestionable  fact. 

"We  ought  to  know  what  to  answer,  when  asked  why 
we  receive  as  authoritative  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles, 
and  reject  the  Acts  of  Paul  and  Thecla  ; — why  we  own 
the  Epistles  of  the  New  Testament,  and  reject  the 
Epistles  and  Discourses  attributed  to  St.  Peter  in  the 
Clementine  Homilies.  The  answer  may  be  given  as 
simply,  clearly,  and  fully  as  if  the  question  were,  Why 
do  you  acknowledge  the  first  and  second  parts  of  "  The 
Pilgrim's  Progress"  to  be  written  by  John  Bunyan, 
and  reject  the  third  part  as  a  spurious  addition  ? 

I  have  now  to  endeavour  to  present  before  you  such 
a  statement  of  the  evidence  on  the  subject  as  shall  be 
both  clear  and  ample  :  the  details  into  which  I  must  of 
necessity  enter  require  a  certain  measure  of  attention, 
of  the  same  kind  as  is  needed  in  pursuing  any  other 
line  of  proof,  whether  mathematical  or  moral. 

PROCESS  OF  PROOF. 

How,  then,  can  we  know  satisfactorily  to  whom  we 
ought  to  ascribe  the  authorship   of  ancient  works? 


PROCESS   OF   PROOF.  5 

How  can  we  prove  that  any  book  was  really  written  by 
the  person  whose  name  it  bears  ?  How  can  we,  living 
at  this  time,  inquire  with  all  confidence  into  points  of 
authorship  which  relate  to  a  period  eighteen  hundred 
years  ago  ?  In  other  words,  What  is  the  process  of 
proof  which  must  be  applied  to  this  subject  ? 

A  very  distinct  statement  of  the  mode  of  investigation 
is  given  by  the  Christian  writer,  St.  Augustine,  about 
the  year  400.  He  lays  down,  plainly  and  unhesitatingly, 
that  the  authorship  of  Scripture  must  be  investigated 
in  just  the  same  manner  as  we  would  inquire  into  that 
of  secular  writings.  In  the  case  of  profane  writers,  he 
says,  most  truly,  that  it  has  often  happened  that  works 
have  been  produced  and  attributed  to  their  pens,  which 
have  afterwards  been  rightly  rejected  as  spurious, — and 
why  ?  Because  such  alleged  writings  possess  no  ex- 
ternal evidence  of  their  authenticity,  not  being  men- 
tioned by  contemporary  and  immediately  subsequent 
authors ;  and  because  they  also,  in  their  contents, 
present  those  things  which  are  not  in  accordance  with 
the  author  to  which  they  have  been  ascribed,  or  to  his 
known  writings,  or  to  the  time  in  which  he  lived. 
This  is  a  plain,  discriminating  canon  of  St.  Augustine, 
for  the  rejection  of  supposititious  writings. 

But  as  to  authentic  works,  we  have  simply  to  apply 
the  converse  of  this  canon.  St.  Augustine  asks  how 
we  can  then  determine  such  and  such  works  to  be  the 
genuine  productions  of  Hippocrates.     He  replies, — 


6  HISTOKIC   EVIDENCE. 

"  Because  a  successional  series  of  writers,  from  the 
time  of  Hippocrates  and  onward  to  the  present  day, 
have  declared  them  to  be  such ;  so  that  to  doubt  would 
be  to  act  the  part  of  a  madman.  Whence  (he  con- 
tinues) do  men  know  as  to  the  writings  of  Plato, 
Aristotle,  Cicero,  Yarro,  and  other  such  authors,  what 
is  really  theirs,  but  by  the  same  continued  testimony 
of  successive  ages  ?  " 

This  principle  he  then  applies  to  the  point,  with 
which  I  would  now  connect  it :  — 

"  Many  (he  says)  have  written  much  on  subjects 
relating  to  the  Church,  not  indeed  with  canonical  au- 
thority, but  for  purposes  of  aid  or  instruction.  Whence 
does  it  stand  as  an  admitted  fact  whose  any  work  may 
be,  unless  it  be  by  testimony  from  the  author's  time, 
and  by  the  continued  and  wide-extended  knowledge 
amongst  those  who  come  after,  that  these  things  have 
been  transmitted  to  us,  so  that,  when  asked,  we  need 
not  hesitate  what  we  ought  to  answer  ?  " 

St.  Augustine,  in  this  passage,  is  addressing  Faustus, 
the  Manicha^an,  the  first  (it  is  said)  who  denied  that 
the  Gospels  were  really  written  by  those  whose  names 
they  bear.  He  then  applies  the  argument  to  the  con- 
troversy which  he  was  at  that  very  time  carrying  on 
with  him. 

"  Why  should  1  go  back  to  things  long  past  ?  Look 
at  these  very  letters  which  we  hold  in  our  hands ;  and 


PROCESS   OF    PROOF.  7 

if  some  wliile  after  we  shall  be  dead,  any  should  deny 
those  to  be  Faustus's,  or  these  to  be  mme,  whence  will 
he  be  convinced,  except  through  those  who  now  know 
these  things,  transmitting,  by  continued  succession, 
their  acquaintance  with  the  facts  to  posterity?" — 
(^Contra  Faustum^  1.  33.) 

Now,  these  principles  are  of  the  utmost  importance 
with  regard  to  historic  proof ;  for  although  it  might  be 
objected  that  St.  Augustine  concedes  too  much  to  his 
opponent,  in  laying  down  that  a  genuine  work  ought 
of  necessity  to  possess  such  successive  testimonies,  and 
although  we  know  that  many  writings  are  received 
without  doubt  or  hesitation,  although  the  absolute  evi- 
dence is  but  small  in  itself,  yet  this  is  certain,  that  no 
work  can  be  spurious  which  is  authenticated  by  such 
evidence  as  that  which  St.  Augustine  has  described. 

Thus,  if  in  the  ages  which  immediately  follow  that 
in  which  a  work  is  said  to  have  been  written,  we  have 
distinct  statements  from  credible  witnesses  of  its  exist- 
ence and  authorship,  we  possess  that  definite  historic 
ground  on  which  we  receive  the  best  authenticated 
productions  of  antiquity. 

The  New  Testament,  we  must  remember,  consists  of 
a  collection  of  books  ;  the  statement  of  evidence  must, 
therefore,  relate  in  part  to  the  collection  as  such,  and 
in  part  to  the  several  portions  of  which  it  is  composed. 

The  period  of  inquiry  as  to  any  work  is  of  course 
limited  to  the  ages  immediately  following  that  in  which 


8  HISTOKIC   EVIDENCE. 

the  authors  are  said  to  have  lived  :  we  need  not  go 
below  the  fourth  century  as  to  the  New  Testament,  for 
from  that  time  our  twenty-seven  books  have  been  all 
commonly  received. 

THE  NEW  TESTAMENT  AS  A  COLLECTIVE 
VOLUME. 

The  first  statement,  then,  to  which  I  shall  call  your 
attention  is  the  list  which  Eusebius  gives  of  the  twenty- 
seven  books  of  the  New  Testament. 

This  well-known  ecclesiastical  historian  was  born  in 
Palestine  about  the  year  264  :  in  his  history,  written 
about  the  year  330,  he  thus  mentions  the  Scriptures  of 
the  New  Testament :  — 

"  Now,  this  appears  to  be  a  suitable  place  to  give  a 
summary  statement  of  the  books  of  the  New  Testament, 
which  I  have  already  mentioned.  In  the  first  place, 
then,  we  must  put  the  holy  quaternion  of  the  Gospels  : 
these  are  followed  by  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  :  then 
we  must  mention  the  Epistles  of  Paul :  then  we  must 
place  the  acknowledged  first  Epistle  of  John,  and, 
similarly,  the  admitted  Epistle  of  Peter  :  after  this 
may  be  placed,  if  it  appear  suitable,  the  Apocalypse  of 
John  ;  the  various  opinions  about  wliich  we  shall  set 
forth  in  proper  time.  And  these  are  amongst  the 
books  universally  oicned  (Ilomologoumena).  Now,  of 
opposed  books  (Antilegomcna),  which  are,  however, 


NEW  TESTAMENT   IN   GENERAL.  9 

acknowledged  similarly  by  the  many,  are  reckoned  the 
Epistle  called  that  of  James,  and  that  of  Jiide,  and  the 
second  of  Peter,  and  those  named  the  second  and  third 
of  John,  or  of  some  other  of  the  same  name.  Amongst 
spurious  writings  are  reckoned  the  Acts  of  Paul,  and 
the  book  called  the  Shepherd,  and  the  Apocalypse  of 
Peter,  and  also  the  Epistle  of  Barnabas,  and  what  are 
called  the  Instructions  of  the  Apostles ;  and  also  (as  I 
said),  if  it  appear  suitable,  the  Apocalypse  of  John, 
which  (as  I  said)  some  reject,  but  which  others  rank 
amongst  the  books  universally  received.  And  now 
some  reckon  amongst  these  the  Gospel  according  to  the 
Hebrews,  which  especially  pleases  those  of  the  Hebrews 
who  have  received  Christ.  And  these  are  all  the  books 
which  are  opposed.  We  have  of  necessity  included 
these  too  in  our  catalogue,  having  distinguished  the 
writings  which,  according  to  the  accounts  delivered  by 
the  Church,  are  true,  genuine,  and  universally  owned, 
and  those  others  which,  although  known  by  many 
ecclesiastical  writers,  are  not  reckoned  in  the  canon, 
but  are  opposed" — (h  iii.  c.  25). 

From  this  passage  we  learn,  that  in  the  time  of 
Eusebius — the  latter  part  of  the  third  century  and 
the  beginning  of  the  fourth — all  the  twenty-seven 
books  of  the  New  Testament  were  known  and  received 
by  Christians  in  general, —  that  there  was  discrimina- 
tion exercised  as  to  what  books  ought  to  be  included 
in  the  New  Testament  collection  : — that  several  books 


10  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

professedly  apostolic  were  rejected,  but  that  none  were 
included  in  the  collection  wliicli  we  do  not  now  re- 
ceive ;  and  none  of  those  which  we  receive  were  abso- 
lutely rejected,  although,  as  to  a  few  of  the  number, 
there  was  some  difference  of  opinion. 

Xot  long  before  Eusebius  wrote  his  history,  events 
had  occurred  which  rendered  it  needful  for  the  Church 
to    discriminate   accurately  between  its   authoritative 
Scriptures  and  other  books.     The  Diocletian  persecu- 
tion, which  commenced  in  the  year  303,  was  directed 
even  more  against  the  sacred  books  of  the  Christians 
than  against  their  persons.     The  endeavour  was  made 
to    exterminate   the    Christian    Scriptures  :    had   this 
effort  succeeded,  it  was  thought  that  the  form  of  belief 
which  hindered  the  disciples  of  Christ  from  uniting  in 
the  popular  idolatries,  would  at  once  fall  to  the  ground. 
Such  an  effort  had  been  made  by  Antiochus  Epiphanes 
to  destroy  the  Old  Testament,  and  thus  to  annihilate 
Judaism.      However   foolish   such   an    attempt    may 
sound,  there  are  facts  which  show  that  such  an  endea- 
vour to  destroy  a  book  may  be  successful.     A  century 
after  the  invention  of  printing,  an  Italian  book,   on 
"  The  Benefits  which  we  receive  by  the   Death   of 
Christ,"  had  passed  through  many  editions,  and  was 
possessed  (it  is  said)  by  almost  every  intelligent  family 
in  that  peninsula.     The  question  of  heresy  was  raised 
— the  free  grace  of  the  gospel  of  Christ  was  found  to 
be  set  forth  in  this  widely-circulated  volume,  and  its 


NEW  TESTAMENT   IN    GENERAL.  11 

destruction  was  decreed.  The  machinery  of  the  con- 
fessional was  set  in  motion  ; — all  were  required  to  sur- 
render their  copies  ;  and  thus  the  work  disappeared  so 
thoroughly,  that  its  contents  were  only  known,  from 
the  accounts  of  contemporary  writers.  Ranke,  in  his 
"  History  of  the  Popes,"  says,  that  this  book  was  as  much 
lost,  as  the  lost  Decades  of  Livy.  I  may  observe,  that 
this  volume,  after  a  disappearance  of  three  hundred 
years,  has  again  been  discovered  in  an  English  version, 
from  which  it  has  been  re-translated  into  Italian,  and 
printed,  and  again  employed  as  an  instrument  in  the 
endeavours  now  carried  on  for  introducing  the  light 
of  the  gospel  of  Christ  into  that  land.  That  the  pre- 
sent efforts  to  spread  the  gospel  of  Christ  in  that  coun- 
try, the  seat  of  Romish  power  and  idolatry,  may  be 
blessed  in  spite  of  the  existing  persecutions,  far  more 
widely  than  was  the  case  at  the  time  of  the  Reforma- 
tion, must  be  the  earnest  desire  and  prayer  of  all  who 
prize  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  value  the  posses- 
sion of  God's  holy  word. 

In  the  Diocletian  persecution,  the  Christians  through- 
out the  Roman  empire,  from  the  Euphrates  to  the 
Atlantic,  from  the  cataracts  of  the  Nile  to  Britain, 
were  required  to  give  up  their  copies  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment to  be  destroyed :  those  who  refused,  suffered 
imprisonments,  tortures,  slavery,  or  death.  Many 
refused  to  surrender  the  Scriptures,  and  endured  the 
consequences ;  others  compKed  with  the  order  of  the 


12  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

emperors,  and  tlience  received,  amongst  Christians, 
tlie  designation  of  Traditors^  as  tliougli  tliey  had  be- 
trayed the  word  of  God,  just  as  Judas  had  betrayed 
our  blessed  Lord  Himself.  There  were  also  some  who 
allowed  the  emissaries  of  the  government  to  take  away 
any  books  which  were  not  Scripture ;  some  bishops  placed 
books  of  the  heathens,  or  of  heretics,  where  the  messen- 
gers of  the  magistrates  were  likely  to  search  for  copies  of 
the  Gospels.  Indeed,  not  a  few  of  those  employed  by 
the  persecutors  had  but  little  zeal  in  the  cause,  so  that 
(unlike  the  agents  of  the  authorities  in  Italy,  who  are 
now  so  diligent  in  searching  for  copies  of  the  Scrip- 
tures, and  in  arresting  those  who  read  them),  they 
willingly  took  away  whatever  books  were  delivered  to 
them,  without  inquiring  whether  they  were  the  Chris- 
tian Scriptures  or  not. 

In  consequence  of  this  persecution,  and  the  light  in 
which  the  Traditors  were  regarded  as  subject  to  severe 
ecclesiastical  discipline,  it  became  really  an  anxious 
question.  What  are  the  sacred  books  of  the  Christians  ? 
Hence  the  need  of  discrimination  on  this  point.  Who- 
ever gave  up  any  of  the  books  universally  received, 
was  a  Traditor^ — whoever  gave  up  any  of  the  books 
reckoned  as  spurious,  was  not  subjected  to  any  eccle- 
siastical discipline  ;  but  from  the  general  feeling  of  the 
many  (as  stated  in  the  passage  quoted  from  Euseblus), 
any  who  gave  up  the  books  opposed  by  some,  would 
be  looked  on  with  doubt,  and  by  most  would  be  con- 


NEW  TESTAMENT    IN   GENERAL.  13 

demned  as  Traditors.  The  importance  of  the  ques- 
tion was  felt  as  widely  as  was  the  diffusion  of  the 
Christian  name. 

The  conclusion  is  manifest,  that  two  centuries  after 
the  death  of  the  Apostle  John,  all  the  books  of  the 
New  Testament  were  known  and  used  as  a  collection^ 
that  they  were  received  as  universally  owned,  with  the 
exception  of  live  of  the  shorter  Epistles  and  the  Apo- 
calypse, of  which  some  doubted.  * 

We  may  trace  backwards^  from  Eusebius  towards  the 
days  of  the  Apostles,  so  as  to  observe  the  notices  which 
exist  of  the  collected  books  of  the  New  Testament. 

In  the  former  half  of  the  third  century,  there  was 
no  Church  teacher  so  conspicuous,  as  an  author,  as 
Origen.  He  was  born  at  Alexandria,  about  the  year 
185,  and  he  died,  A.D.  254,  ten  years  before  the  birth 
of  Eusebius.  In  his  writings  he  makes  such  extensive 
use  of  the  New  Testament,  that  although  a  very  large 
number  of  his  works  are  lost,  and  many  others  have 
come  down  to  us  only  in  defective  Latin  versions,  we 
can  in  his  extant  Greek  writings  alone  (I  speak  this 

*  The  fact  of  books  of  the  New  Testament  being  kno-svn  and 
used  as  a  collected  volume,  at  the  close  of  the  third  and  begin- 
ning of  the  fourth  century,  is  also  evident  from  the  manner  in 
which  Lactantius,  at  that  period,  speaks  (Inst.  1.  iv.  c.  20)  of  the 
New  Testament  as  comprising  that  portion  of  holy  Scripture 
which  was  wTitten  after  the  passion  of  our  Lord. 


14  HISTOEIC    EVIDENCE. 

from  actual  knowledge  and  examination)  find  cited  at 
least  two-tliirds  of  the  New  Testament ;  so  tliat,  had 
sucli  a  thing  been  permitted  as  that  the  Gospels,  and 
some  of  the  other  books,  should  have  been  lost,  we 
might  restore  them  in  a  great  measure  by  means  of 
the  quotations  in  Origen. 

Origen  passed  a  considerable  portion  of  his  life  in 
Palestine;  he  had  also  visited  Rome,  so  that  his  testi- 
mony to  the  books  of  the  Xew.  Testament  cannot  be 
considered  as  belonging  merely  to  his  native  locality 
of  Alexandria. 

Eusebius  (1.  vi.  c.  25)  extracted  from  Origen's  writ- 
ings such  passages  as  mention  the  uncontroverted 
books  of  the  New  Testament.  In  these  passages  he 
speaks  of  the  four  Gospels  of  Matthew,  Mark,  Luke, 
and  John,  as  received  by  the  whole  Church  which  is 
under  heaven.  He  mentions  the  Acts,  as  well  as  the 
Gospel,  as  the  work  of  Luke.  Pie  speaks  of  the 
Epistles  of  St.  Paul  in  a  general  manner  (every  one  of 
which  he  cites  in  his  writings).  He  mentions  the 
Apocalypse  as  the  work  of  the  Apostle  John,  who 
wrote  the  Gospel  and  the  first  Epistle  that  bear  his 
name.  He  speaks  of  the  second  and  third  Epistles  of 
John  as  held  to  be  doubtful  by  some ;  the  first  Epistle 
of  Peter  he  calls  universally  owned  ;  the  second  he 
speaks  of  as  one  about  wliich  there  were  doubts.  In 
this  sort  of  casual  mention  of  the  New  Testament 
books,  Origen  does  not  speak  of  the  Epistles  of  James 


NEW  TESTAMENT    IN   GENERAL.  15 

or  Jude,  botli  of  wliich,  however,  he  uses  in  his  works. 
In  other  passages  of  Origen,  which  are  only  extant 
in  the  old  Latin  version  (which  is  not  worthy  of  im- 
plicit confidence),  hsts  may  be  found  of  all  the  Xew 
Testament  writings  as  we  receive  them. 

T  shall  not  now  dwell  on  the  manner  in  which 
Tertullian  at  Carthage,  Clement  of  Alexandria,  and 
Irengeus,  bishop  of  Lyons,  at  the  beginning  of  the  third 
and  close  of  the  second  century,  speak  of  the  New 
Testament :  —  I  shall  have  occasion  to  refer  to  these 
important  witnesses  when  speaking  of  particular  parts 
of  the  collected  volume  of  the  Christian  Scriptures. 

The  earliest  notice  of  any  collected  books  of  the  New 
Testament  is  found  in  a  remarkable  testimony  of  an 
unknown  writer.  The  document  to  which  I  refer  is 
commonly  called  the  Canon  in  Muratori,  because  it 
was  first  published  by  that  Italian  scholar  and  anti- 
quary, from  a  MS.  in  the  Ambrosian  library  at  Milan. 
This  document  is  defective  at  the  beginning,  and 
throughout  it  is  grievously  disfigured  by  the  gross 
errors  of  the  copyist.  The  ignorance  of  the  transcriber 
makes,  however,  the  testimony  not  at  all  the  less  for- 
cible. This  canon,  as  it  is  called  from  containing  a 
list  of  our  canonical  books,  bears  undoubted  marks  of 
being  a  translation,  made  from  the  Greek  and  Latin, 
by  some  one  whose  knowledge  of  the  grammar  and 
construction  of  the  Latin  language  was  very  imperfect. 

In  the  beginning  the  writer  is  speaking  of  the  four 


16  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

Gospels.  That  part  wliicli  relates  to  St.  Mattliew  and 
St.  Mark  is  lost,  except  the  concluding  words :  then  St. 
Luke,  the  companion  of  the  Apostle  Paul,  is  mentioned 
as  the  author  of  the  third  Gospel,  and  St.  John  of  the 
fourth ;  St.  John's  first  Epistle  is  next  mentioned ; 
then  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  as  written  by  Luke ; 
then  all  those  Epistles  of  St.  Paul  are  spoken  of  to 
which  his  name  is  prefixed,  and  then  the  Apocalypse 
of  St.  John  :  then  the  writer  speaks  of  some  spurious 
works  which  were  rejected,  and  adds,  "  It  is  not  fitting 
to  mix  gall  with  honey.  The  Epistle  of  Jude,  and 
two  of  the  above-mentioned  John,  are  reckoned 
amongst  the  Catholic  writings."  In  saying  the  two 
Epistles,  the  writer  may  have  known  of  but  one  of 
St.  John's  shorter  Epistles,  or,  as  it  appears  probable 
to  me,  he  may  mean  two  besides  the  first  Epistle  of 
which  he  had  spoken  before.  He  then  continues  in  a 
sentence  which  is  not  very  comprehensible — '^and 
Wisdom,  written  by  the  friends  of  Solomon  in  his 
honour."  This  stands  in  almost  unintelligible  ob- 
scurity;— how  it  can  find  a  place  amongst  New  Testa- 
ment writings  is  difficult  to  be  imagined;  and  also  what 
book  is  intended  is  by  no  means  clear, — whether  the 
apocryphal  book,  or  Proverbs,  to  which  this  name  of 
Wisdom  was  appended  in  the  second  century, — a  book 
the  latter  part  of  which  was  written  out  by  "  the  men 
of  Hezekiah,"  and  of  which  some  chapters  are  the 
words  of  Agur  and  of  king  Lemuel. 


NEW   TESTAMENT    IN   GENERAL.  17 

The  writer  thus  concludes  what  he  has  to  say  of 
New  Testament  books, — "the  Apocalypse,  also,  of  John 
and  Peter  alone  we  receive,  which  [latter]  indeed 
some  amongst  us  do  not  choose  to  be  read  in  the 
Church." — (Routh's  ReliquicB  Sacrce,  vol.  i.  p.  394.) 

Thus,  this  ancient  canon  recognises  the  four  Gospels, 
the  Acts,  thirteen  Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  and,  in  short, 
-all  the  Kew  Testament  books,  except  the  Epistle  to 
the  Hebrews,  that  of  James,  those  of  Peter,  and  per- 
haps the  second  or  third  of  John: — it  speaks  of  no 
book,  as  belonging  to  the  New  Testament,  which  we 
reject,  except  the  Apocalypse  of  Peter,  and  even  that 
is  mentioned  doubtfully. 

The  author  of  this  list  of  books  speaks  also  of  some 
which  ought  not  to  be  received  as  of  divine  authority. 
He  mentions  ' '  the  Shepherd,  written  ver}^  recently  in 
our  own  time,  in  the  city  of  Rome,  by  Hernias,  while 
Pius,  his  brother,  was  bishop  of  the  see  of  Rome." 
This  incidental  remark  supplies  us  with  the  date  of  the 
writer.  Pius  the  first,  bishop  of  Rome,  died  about  the 
middle  of  the  second  century ;  he  appears  to  have  suc- 
ceeded to  the  episcopate  about  the  year  140.  Thus, 
the  list  of  New  Testament  books,  which  we  have 
under  consideration,  cannot  have  been  written  at  a 
much  later  period.  And  not  only  so,  but  as  the  writer 
speaks  of  the  episcopate  of  Pius  the  first  as  being  in 
his  own  days,  his  testimony  reaches  back  as  far,  and 
probably  farther.     These  were  books  known,  and  re- 


18  HISTOKIC   EVIDENCE. 

ceived,  and  used  as  divine  Scripture  in  the  former  half 
of  the  second  century. 

It  is  often  remarkable,  when  pursuing  an  historical 
inquiry  of  a  kind  wholly  different,  how  we  meet  with 
the  strongest  possible  evidence  against  the  claims  of 
the  Papacy.  This  writer,  in  speaking  of  authentic 
Scripture,  rests  on  known  historic  facts,  instead  of  cut- 
ting short  the  investigation  by  appealing  at  once 
to  the  infallible  authority  of  Pope  Pius  the  first. 
And  further,  he  mentions  the  book  which  the  brother 
of  this  same  Pius  had  put  forth  during  his  episcopate  : 
now,  this  book  is  still  in  being ;  and  though  many  have 
treated  it  with  most  undeserved  respect,  imagining  the 
author  to  be  the  Hermas  whom  St.  Paul  salutes  in 
Eom.  xvi.,  yet  the  absurdities,  to  use  no  stronger  ex- 
pression, with  which  it  is  replete,  evince  that  it  is  no 
exposition  of  Christian  truth.  If,  then,  Hermas  put  it 
forth  with  the  sanction  of  his  brother,  the  bishop,  it 
would  show  that  the  then  Pope  could  authorise  a  work 
both  unedlfying  and  unorthodox ;  if,  however,  Hermas 
put  forth  his  idle  fancies  witlioid  the  authorisation  of 
his  brother,  the  bishop,  what  possibility  is  there  that 
any  Roman  censorship  then  existed  ?  How  different 
were  the  claims  of  Rome  in  the  days  of  Pius  the  first 
from  what  we  sec  in  the  days  of  Pius  the  ninth  I 

The  existence  of  this  Pius  the  first  is  a  simple  his- 
torical fact ;  the  time,  too,  is  known  approximately  ; 
but  in  some  of  the  lists  of  Popes  he  is  numbered  the 


NEW   TESTAMENT   IN   GENERAL.  19 

nintli,  in  some  the  tenth,  and  in  others  the  eleventh ! 
Some  make  him  the  predecessor,  some  the  successor,  of 
Anicetus.  Had  the  certainty  of  papal  succession  and 
transmission  been  the  basis  of  all  continued  Chris- 
tianity, how  uncomfortable  would  all  these  doubts 
and  uncertainties  make  us !  It  is  well  that  the  facts 
of  the  transmission  of  the  Scripture  rest  on  a  firm  and 
certain  basis,  independent  of  all  questions  of  papal  suc- 
cession. 

We  are  thus  able  to  trace  back  lists  of  New  Testa- 
ment books  almost  to  the  apostolic  age  :  the  author 
of  the  Canon  in  Muratori,  from  which  I  have  been 
quoting,  lived  in  the  days  of  some  who  had  been  in 
part  contemporaries  of  the  Apostle  John.  We  know 
from  the  natural  course  of  events  that  this  must  have 
been  the  case.  And  we  need  not  rely  on  deductions, 
however  certain,  for  we  know  as  a  fact,  that  Polycarp, 
bishop  of  Smyrna,  who  had  himself  personally  known 
St.  John,  laid  down  his  life  at  a  very  advanced  age  as 
a  martyr  for  Christ,  about  the  year  168.  Polycarp 
visited  Rome,  the  place  at  which  the  author  of  this 
fragmentary  list  seems  to  have  lived  and  written,  after 
the  middle  of  the  second  century — a  visit  memorable 
for  the  amicable  contention  between  him  and  Anicetus, 
the  Eoman  bishop,  about  the  proper  time  for  the  cele- 
bration of  Easter  :  each  remained  unconvinced  by  the 
other,  and  each  left  the  other  to  the  exercise  of  his 


20  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

individual  Christian  liberty: — what  a  proof  that  the 
claims  of  infallibility  and  universal  jurisdiction  were  as 
yet  unknown ! 

We  have  thus  proof  that  the  New  Testament  books, 
in  general,  were  in  use  as  authoritative  Scripture  in 
the  days  of  those  who  had  lived  in  the  apostolic  age — 
that  they  were  ascribed  to  the  same  writers  to  whom 
we  attribute  them,  and  that  several  of  them  were 
classed  together  as  being,  though  not  as  yet  one 
collected  volume,  yet  at  least  in  some  measure  a 
•collection. 

For  ancient  writings  in  general  we  ask  no  more  dis- 
tinct proof  of  genuineness  :  it  is  commonly  regarded 
as  quite  sufficient,  if  a  work  is  mentioned  by  one  or 
more  writers  of  the  succeeding  age,  in  such  a  way  as 
to  show  that  it  was  then  known  and  used  as  the  work 
of  the  author  whose  name  it  bears. 

With  regard  to  the  New  Testament  books,  however, 
we  can  go  much  farther  with  our  proofs,  when  we  con- 
sider, not  the  volume  as  a  collection^  but  the  distinct 
parts  of  which  the  volume  is  composed. 

In  the  second  century  two  collected  portions  of  the 
New  Testament  were  known  and  used  by  Christians, 
as  read  in  their  public  assemblies ;  the  one  of  these 
contained  the  Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  to  which  his  name 
is  prefixed,  the  other  comprised  the  four  Gospels  as  a 
collected  volume.  Besides  these  there  were  other  writ- 
ings used  separately. 


ST.  Paul's  epistles.  21 

I  will,  therefore,  first  consider  the  evidence  wliicli 
relates  to  St.  Paul's  Epistles, — then  that  which  bears 
on  the  authenticity  of  the  Gospels, — then  the  other 
books  must  be  considered  separately  :  in  this  part  of 
the  subject  a  distinction  must  be  made  between  those 
books  of  which  Eusebius  speaks  as  universally  received, 
and  those  which  he  says  were  opposed  by  some. 

ST.  PAUL'S  EPISTLES. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  second  century  we  find 
testimony  to  the  knowledge  and  use  of  thirteen  Epistles 
of  St.  Paul,  as  certain  and  indubitable  as  we  have  that 
they  are  now  known  and  used.  The  fact  is  alike 
admitted  by  friends  and  foes  of  Kevelation,  that  the 
Church  then  had  these  Epistles,  even  as  we  now  have 
them,  and  that  they  attributed  them  to  that  Apostle. 
Proofs  of  this  will  be  given  presently. 

Now,  the  evidence  by  which  letters  are  authenticated 
to  future  ages  is  often  of  a  peculiar  kind  :  a  letter  has 
not  only  a  writer  but  also  a  party  to  whom  it  is  ad- 
dressed. If  I  wish  to  bring  forward  a  letter  as  an  evi- 
dence, it  is  often  sufficient  if  I  can  show  that  such  letter 
has  been  preserved  in  proper  custody; — if  the  party 
to  whom  it  professes  to  be  addressed  preserves  it  as 
genuine,  this  is  a  presumption  of  the  strongest  kind 
that  it  is  so  :  the  business  of  proving  that  it  is  not  so 
rests  with  the  opposite  party. 

Thus,  those  Epistles  which  are  addressed  to  Churches 


22  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

may  be  attested  in  a  manner  peculiarly  strong,  from 
the  fact  tliat  such  Churches  preserved  them  and  read 
them  publicly  and  habitually. 

The  collection  of  St.  Paul's  Epistles  is  sufficiently 
shown  by  the  manner  in  which  they  are  mentioned  in 
the  Canon  in  Muratori ; — that  this  reception  of  those 
documents  was  no  private  or  local  peculiarity  is  ma- 
nifest from  the  fact  that  they  were  equally  used  in 
Alexandria,  at  Carthage,  and  in  Gaul. 

This  is  proved  by  the  citations  of  Clement  of  Alex- 
andria, Tertullian,  and  Irengeus.  This  Clement,  in 
the  latter  part  of  the  second  century,  was  the  head 
of  the  catechetical  school  of  Alexandria :  he  speaks  of 
St.  Paul's  several  Epistles  by  name,  and  cites  them, 
with  the  single  exception  of  the  short  Epistle  to  Phi- 
lemon ;  this  too  would  doubtless  have  been  mentioned 
had  he  anywhere  given  a  list  of  the  Epistles.*  He 
speaks  of  the  Gospel  collection  under  the  name  by 
which  it  was  often  designated,  of  Evangelium^  and  the 
collection  of  St.  Paul's  Epistles  by  the  name  of  Apos- 
tolos,  or  Apostle,  which  was  early  appropriated  to 
them  :    this  name  seems  to   have    originated   in  the 

*  The  following  are  places  in  Clement  of  Alexandria,  in  which 
he  cites  the  several  Epistles : — Bom.  Paed.  p.  117,  Strom,  p.  457  ; 
1  Cor.  Paed.  p.  96  ;  2  Cor.  Strom,  p.  514 ;  Gal.  Strom,  p.  468  ; 
Ephes.  Peed.  p.  88;  Fhi.  Paed.  p.  107;  Col.  Strom,  p.  277; 
1  Thes.  P«d.  p.  88  ;  2  Thes.  Strom,  p.  554 ;  1  Tim.  Strom. 
p.  383  ;  2  Tim.  Strom,  p.  448  ;  Titus,  Strom,  p.  299. 


ST.  Paul's  epistles.  23 

circumstance  that  the  collection  of  Epistles  then  con- 
tained the  writings  of  one  Apostle. 

Contemporary  with  Clement  was  Irenseus,  bishop  of 
Lyons,  in  Gaul :  he  gives  as  explicit  a  testimony 
as  possibly  could  be  borne  to  the  same  collection  of 
Epistles ;  he  mentions  each  of  them,  and  cites  them 
as  familiar  writings,  with  the  same  exception  of  the 
short  Epistle  to  Philemon.* 

Tertullian  was  a  presbyter  in  the  north  of  Africa  : 
he  used  all  the  thirteen  Epistles  to  which  St.  Paul's 
name  was  attached :  of  that  to  Philemon  he  speaks  as 
distinctly  as  of  the  rest,  f 

Now,  the  manner  in  which  these  early  writers  used 
these  Epistles  does  not  merely  prove  that  they  them- 
selves knew  them,  and  believed  them  to  be  genuine 
documents,  but  it  does  a  great  deal  more,  for  it  shows 

*  The  following  references  show  passages  in  which  Irenaeus 
cites  the  different  Epistles  :—Rom.  1.  iii.  c.  16,  §  3 ;  1  Cor.  1.  iv. 
c.  27,  §  3  ;  2  Cor.  1.  iii.  c.  7,  §  1  ;  Gal.  1.  iii.  c.  16,  §  3 ;  Ephes. 
1.  V.  c.  2,  §  3  ;   Phi.  1.  iv.  c.  18,  §  4 ;    Col.  1.  iii.  c.  14,  §  1 ; 

1  Thes.  1.  V.  c.  6,  §  1 ;  2  Thes.  1.  iii.  c.  7,  §  2 ;  1  Tim.  1.  i.  c.  1, 
§  1  ;  2  Tim.  1.  iii.  c.  3,  §  3 ;   Titus,  1.  iii.  c.  3,  §  4. 

•f  Some  of  Tertullian' s  citations  are  pointed  out  in  the  follow- 
ing references : — Rom.  Scorp.  c.  13 ;   1  Cor.  De  Praes.  c.  33  ; 

2  Cor.  De  Pudic.  c.  13;  Gal.  Adv.  Marc.  1.5;  Ephes.  Adv. 
Marc.  1.  5  ;  Phi.  De  Res.  Cam.  c.  23  ;  Col.  De  Praes.  Haer.  c.  7  ; 
1  Thes.  De  Res.  Cam.  c.  24 ;  2  Thes.  De  Res.  Cam.  c.  24 ; 
1  Tim.  De  Precs.  Hser.  c.  25 ;  2  Tim.  Scorp.  c.  13;  Titus,  De 
Praes.  c.  6 ;  Phile.  Adv.  Marc.  1.  5. 


24  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

that  Christians  in  general  so  received  them  at  the  time 
in  question.  These  writers  appeal  to  the  Epistles  as 
familiarly  as  a  modern  author  or  preacher  would  do  ; 
they  habitually  quote  them,  as  though  their  authority 
were  as  much  admitted  by  other  Christians  as  by 
themselves. 

Now,  such  a  testimony  as  this  carries  us  of  necessity 
a  long  way  farther  back  than  the  mere  point  of  time 
at  which  these  men  lorote ;  it  takes  us  at  least  to  the 
earliest  period  of  their  knowledge  as  Christians.  It 
shows  that  even  then  this  collection  of  writings,  bear- 
ing the  name  of  the  Apostle  Paul,  was  in  circulation 
amongst  the  Churches  both  in  the  East  and  the  West. 
It  shows  that  this  must  have  been  the  case,  at  least  in 
the  former  part  of  the  second  century ;  that  is,  in  the 
days  of  the  many  who  were  then  still  living,  who  had 
belonged  to  the  Church  while  it  was  still  possessed  of 
apostolic  training. 

The  weight  which  the  diversity  of  the  locations  of 
these  writers  gives  to  their  evidence,  can  hardly  be 
over  estimated.  We  have  not  a  trace  of  such  a  thing 
as  one  part  of  the  Church  knowing  this  collection,  and 
another  not  possessing  it.  It  was  tlic  common  posses- 
sion of  the  Christians,  with  which  the  teachers,  and  the 
communities  which  they  taught,  were  alike  acquainted. 

And  furtlier,  it  was  not  the  Christian  community 
alone  wliich  was  acquainted  with  the  collected  Epistles 
of  the  Apostle  Paul.     In  the  second  century,  one  of 


ST.  PAUL'S   EPISTLES.  25 

the  most  remarkable  separatists  from  tlie  Church, 
Marcion  of  Pontus,  formed  out  a  religious  system  for 
himself:  he  considered  that  St.  Paul  only  fully  under- 
stood the  principles  of  true  Christianity,  and  to  his 
teaching  he  professed  to  adhere  exclusively.  ]\Iarcion's 
leading  opinions  were  an  entire  rejection  of  the  doc- 
trine of  the  incarnation  and  sufferings  of  the  Son  of 
God,  and  a  rejection  of  the  Old  Testament,  as  some- 
thing which  was  not  from  the  true  God.  He  used  as 
authoritative  Scripture  one  Gospel,  which  contained 
the  narrative  of  St.  Luke,  with  the  omission  of  all  that 
related  to  the  birth,  etc.,  of  Christ,  and  a  collection  of 
St.  Paul's  Epistles,  from  which  he  excluded  (as  we 
learn  from  TertuUian)  those  to  Timothy  and  Titus  :  he 
retained  that  to  Philemon,  so  that  Marcion's  knowledge 
of  this  short  Epistle  is  so  far  valuable  as  an  early 
acknowledgment  of  its  existence,  and  that  it  was  owned 
to  be  St.  Paul's.  The  time  when  Marcion  began  to 
spread  his  peculiar  opinions,  from  Pontus  to  Kome, 
was  about  the  year  130;  so  that  we  have  thus  a  further 
proof  of  St.  Paul's  Epistles  having  been  collected  and 
used  in  that  form  before  that  time. 

I  said,  that  the  testimony  which  connects  any  par- 
ticular document  with  a  community  to  which  it  was 
addressed,  possesses  a  peculiar  force.  In  this  point  of 
view  an  appeal  of  TertuUian  has  no  small  value  :  by 
this  allusion  we   learn,   amongst   other   things,   that 


26  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

St.  Paul's  Epistles  were  read  in  the  second  century,  in 
the  Cliristian  assemblies,  as  authoritative  Scripture. 

He  says  :  —  "  Come  now,  thou  who  desirest  better  to 
exercise  thy  curiosity  in  that  which  relates  to  thy  sal- 
vation :  go  through  the  Apostolic  Churches,  in  which 
the  chairs  of  the  Apostles  preside  in  their  places,  in 
which  their  authentic  letters  are  recited,  resounding  the 
voice  and  representing  the  face  of  each  one.  Is  Achaia 
near  thee  ?  Thou  hast  Corinth.  If  thou  art  not  far 
from  Macedonia,  thou  hast  Philippi,  thou  hast  Thessa- 
lonica.  If  thou  canst  direct  thy  course  into  Asia,  thou 
hast  Ephesus.  But  if  thou  art  near  Italy,  thou  hast 
Kome,  whence  authority  is  ready  at  hand  for  us  also 
[at  Carthage,  where  he  was  writing ;  the  authority  is 
that  of  the  Apostle,  in  his  Epistle  to  the  Eomans]. 
How  happy  is  that  Church  on  which  Apostles  poured 
forth  their  whole  doctrine  with  their  blood  ;  where 
Peter  suffered  in  the  same  manner  as  his  Lord  ;  where 
Paul  was  crowned  with  the  death  of  John  [the  Bap- 
tist] ;  where  the  Apostle  John,  after  he  had  been  cast 
into  the  fiery  oil  and  had  suffered  nothing,  was  banished 
to  an  island !  Let  us  see  what  it  learned,  what  it  taught : 
it  accords  with  the  Churches  of  Africa  also.  It  knows 
one  God,  the  Creator  of  all  things,  and  Christ  Jesus, 
born  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  the  Son  of  God  the  Creator, 
and  it  knows  the  resurrection  of  the  flesh  :  it  mingles 
the  law  and  the  prophets  witli  the  writings  of  the 
Evangelists  and  Apostles." — {De  Prois.  Ilccr.  cap.  36.) 


ST.  PAUL'S   EPISTLES.  27 

This  last  clause  refers  to  the  practice  of  reading 
equally  in  the  Christian  assemblies  the  Scriptures  of  the 
Old  and  New  Testaments. 

It  may  now  sound  strange  to  hear  Tertullian  con- 
necting what  the  Church  of  Eome  had  learned  from 
the  Apostles  with  that  which  it  taught  others  : — now 
we  see  the  sad  and  solemn  contrast.  St.  Paul  taught 
it  the  free  grace  of  the  gospel — justification  through 
faith  in  the  one  sacrifice  of  Christ :  — "  if  thou  shalt 
confess  with  thy  mouth  the  Lord  Jesus,  and  believe  in 
thine  heart  that  God  hath  raised  Him  from  the  dead, 
thou  shalt  be  saved."  Does  Rome  teach  this  now  9  It 
was  to  this  Church  that  St.  Paul  addressed  the  warning 
to  the  Gentiles,  who  had  been  grafied  into  the  good 
olive  tree: — "if  thou  continue  in  his  goodness, — 
otherwise  thou  also  shalt  be  cut  off."  Was  there 
not  a  solemn  prophecy  veiled  under  this  conditional 
threatening  ? 

The  testimony  of  Tertullian,  Clement  of  Alexandria, 
and  Irenaeus,  connected  as  they  all  were  with  the  apos- 
tolic age  (especially  Irenaeus,  as  I  shall  have  occasion 
to  show),  might  suflice,  as  proving  conclusively  that, 
from  the  Apostles'  days  and  onwards,  these  Epistles 
were  used  and  read  as  St.  Paul's, — that  the  Churches 
to  which  most  of  them  were  addressed  owned  them  as 
such,  and  that  their  genuineness  was  a  fact  of  common 
knowledge.  In  opposition  to  this,  there  is  no  evidence 
whatever  ;  it  is  not,  in  fact,  a  balance  of  testimony,  for 


28  HISTOKIC    EVIDENCE. 

all  is  on  one  side  ;  if,  then,  anything  be  said  in  op- 
position, it  is  only  surmise  and  conjecture  :  of  what 
weight  are  they  in  comparison  with  proved  facts  ? 

If  these  Epistles  were  not  genuine,  when  could  the 
falsification  have  taken  place  ?  It  could  not  have  been 
later  than  the  early  years  of  the  second  century ;  and 
then  we  must  suppose  that  either  it  was  a  common 
conspiracy  of  all  Christians  to  give  currency  to  false 
Epistles, — a  conspiracy  in  which  Italy,  Gaul,  North 
Africa,  Asia,  and  Egypt,  and  further,  the  heretic 
Marcion,  in  part,  combined, —  or  else  that  the  whole 
sprung  from  the  pen  of  daring  forgers,  who  not  only 
persuaded  all  Christian  communities  that  these  Epistles 
proceeded  from  the  Apostle  Paul,  but  Avho  even  suc- 
ceeded in  causing  seven  Churches  to  believe  that  they 
had  received  Epistles  from  St.  Paul,  which  they  never 
had  received.  Such  are  some  of  the  difficidties  which 
must  be  grappled  with  when  conjectural  endeavours 
are  made  to  set  aside  the  force  of  clear  evidence. 

But  we  are  able  to  carry  our  lines  of  evidence  to 
some  of  these  Epistles  yet  farther  back. 

In  the  first  century  of  our  era  lived  Clement  of 
Rome :  we  possess  one  genuine  Epistle  which  he 
addressed  to  the  Church  at  Corinth.  The  Church  of 
Eome  ranks  this  Clement  as  the  first  of  her  Popes  of 
that  name ;  it  is,  however,  unfortunate  that  some 
writers  say  he  was  the  second  Pope,  others  the  third, 


ST.  Paul's  epistles.  29 

others  the  fourth,  and  others  the  fifth,* — so  doubtful 
is  the  alleged  papal  succession  at  the  very  beginning. 

But  leaving  the  advocates  of  Rome  to  settle  such 
knotty  points,  the  fact  is  indisputable  that  in  the  first  cen- 
tury Clement  addressed  the  Corinthian  Church  thus  :  — 

"  Why  then  do  we  rend  and  tear  in  pieces  the  body 
of  Christ,  and  raise  seditions  against  our  own  body  ? 
Your  schism  has  perverted  many ;  it  has  dis- 
couraged many  ;  it  has  caused  diffidence  in  many  and 
grief  in  us  all :  and  yet  your  sedition  continues  still. 
Take  the  Epistle  of  the  blessed  Paul  the  Apostle  into 
your  hands  : — what  did  he  first  write  to  you  in  the 
beginning  of  the  gospel  ?  In  truth  he  wrote  to  you  by 
the  Spirit  concerning  himself  and  Cephas  and  Apollos, 
because  that  even  then  ye  had  made  party- divisions." 
— {Ep.  ad  Cor.  cap.  47.) 

Thus,  in  the  first  century,  did  one,  whom  after  ages 
have  designated  as  a  Pope,  write  to  a  contentious 
Church  ;   he  uses  no  anathematising  threats ;  he  even 

*  The  early  pontifical  lists  agree  better  in  the  names  than  in 
the  order ;  some  give  the  succession,  1 ,  Peter ;  2,  Linus ;  3,  Cletus 
(or  Anencletus)  ;  4,  Clement :  others  place  Clement  between 
Linus  and  Cletus ;  others,  again,  divide  Cletus  or  Anencletus 
into  tw^o  persons  (thus  introducing  a  fictitious  bishop) ;  while 
others  place  Clement  immediately  after  the  Apostle  Peter.  This 
last  opinion  is  not  common  in  the  Church  of  Home  ;  it  is,  how- 
ever, maintained  by  the  11.  Cath.  Prof.  Hefele  of  Tubingen  :  set- 
his  Patres  Apostolici,  ed.  3,  Prolegg.  p.  xxxvi.  "  colligiraus  .  .  . 
S.  Clementem  ipsi  S.  Petro  suceessisse." 


30  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

writes,  not  in  his  own  name,  but  in  tliat  of  "  tlie 
Church  that  sojourneth  at  Rome  ;"  and  the  authority 
that  he  wielded  was  the  Scripture  written  by  St.  Paul. 
Would  that  Clement  XL,  who  professed  to  be  the  suc- 
cessor of  tliis  Clement,  had  been  actuated  by  a  similar 
spirit,  instead  of  fulminating  direful  anathemas  against 
any  who  maintain  that  "  the  reading  of  holy  Scrip- 
ture is  for  all!" — {Constitution  ^'•UnigenitusP) 

This  Epistle  of  Clement  seems  to  have  been  writ- 
ten before  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  (see  Hefele, 
p.  XXXV.) ;  at  all  events  it  was  in  the  first  century, 
and  not  more  than  from  thirty  to  forty  years  after  that 
of  St.  Paul  to  the  Corinthian  Church,  so  that  not  a 
few  would,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  things,  be  still 
living  at  that  place  to  whom  the  rebuke  of  the  Apostle 
had  been  addressed. 

Xow,  St.  Paul's  first  Epistle  to  the  Corinthians  was 
one  of  solemn  reprehension,  and  yet  that  Church  held 
it  fast  as  genuine — a  plain  proof  that  it  knew  it  to  be 
such :  the  nature  of  the  case,  even  if  there  were  no 
other  impossibilities,  would  preclude  the  thought  of 
forgery.  The  Epistle  was  an  evidence  that  con- 
demned them,  and  yet  they  preserved  it. 

We  find,  too,  from  a  letter  of  Dionysius,  bishop  of 
Corinth,  to  the  Roman  Church  in  the  second  century, 
that  tlie  Corinthians  publicly  read  also  this  Epistle  of 
Clement ;  so  that  it,  too,  receives  its  attestation  from 
those  whose  practical  conduct  it  condemned. 


ST.  Paul's  epistles.  31 

It  is  not  my  object  now  to  speak  directly  of  the 
authority  and  inspiration  of  the  New  Testament  books ; 
this  Epistle,  however,  attested  as  it  is  by  strict  lines  of 
evidence  of  the  strongest  kind,  as  actually  written  by 
St.  Paul  to  the  Corinthian  Church,  may  call  for  a 
passing  notice  from  the  peculiar  nature  of  its  contents. 
The  writer  speaks  of  the  miraculous  powers  in  the  gift 
of  tongues  which  he  himself  possessed ;  he  mentions 
this  as  well  known  by  those  to  whom  he  wrote;  and 
their  reception  and  preservation  of  the  Epistle  is  a 
proof  that  such  was  the  fact ;  as,  endued  with  such 
powers,  he  claims  such  authority  as  to  say,  "  If  any 
man  judge  himself  to  be  a  prophet  or  spiritual,  let  him 
acknowledge  the  things  that  I  write  unto  you  are  the 
commandments  of  the  Lord."  He  claims  authority 
from  God,  which  the  Corinthians  knew  to  be  confirmed 
by  miraculous  powers.  And  further,  he  speaks  of  such 
powers  as  bestowed  on  some  of  the  Corinthians  them- 
selves,— a  plain  proof  of  the  reality  of  the  whole  state- 
ment :  to  imagine  the  contrary  would  not  only  include 
the  supposition  that  the  writer  had  lost  his  reason,  but 
that  also  his  readers  at  Corinth  were  all  similarly 
afilicted. 

It  is  also  worthy  of  notice  how  St.  Paul  speaks  of 
the  leading  facts  of  Christianity  as  matters  of  common 
knowledge.  His  appeal  to  the  then  still  surviving 
majority  of  a  company  of  more  than  five  hundred,  who 
had  themselves  seen  the  Lord  Jesus  after  his  resurrec- 


32  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

tion,  carries  witli  it  the  greatest  force  :  it  presents  to 
us  the  evidence  of  a  body  of  persons  who  knew  from 
their  own  eyesight  the  truth  of  the  leading  miracle  of 
the  gospel. 

Clement  of  Eome  does  not  make  it  his  practice  to 
quote  the  books  of  the  New  Testament  expressly, 
although,  as  in  the  present  case,  it  is  evident  that  he 
was  acquainted  with  them.  I  will,  however,  give  one 
sentence  of  his:  he  says,  —  "casting  away  from  our- 
selves all  unrighteousness  and  wickedness,  covetous- 
ness,  debate,  malignity  and  deceit,  whisperings  and 
backbitings,  hatred  of  God,  despitefulness  and  pride, 
vain-gloriousness  and  inanity.  For  those  that  com- 
mit such  things  are  hated  by  God,  and  not  only  those 
that  commit  them,  but  those  also  that  have  pleasure 
in  them." — {Ejo.  1  ad  Cor.  cap.  35.) 

It  would  be  a  mere  waste  of  words  to  seek  to  prove 
that  Clement  had  Kom.  i.  29-32  in  his  mind  and 
memory.  Such  sequences  of  words  and  thoughts  can- 
not be  fortuitous.  He  is  writing  in  the  name  of  the 
Roman  Church,  which  thus  acknowledges  the  Epistle 
to  the  Romans. 

I  turn  from  Clement  to  Poly  carp,  whom  I  have 
already  mentioned.  This  ancient  martyr  of  Christ 
addressed,  in  the  early  part  of  tlie  second  century,  an 
Epistle  to  the  Church  of  Philippi,  in  which  he  speaks 
of  the  Epistle  which  St.  Paul  had  written  to  them — 


ST.  Paul's  epistles.  33 

(cap.  iii.).  A  large  part  of  this  letter  is  such  an  inter- 
weaving of  sentences  from  the  Xew  Testament  books,  as 
evinces  plainly  not  only  the  knowledge  of  them  on  the 
part  of  the  writer,  but  also  the  perfect  familiarity  of 
his  mind  with  them  —  a  familiarity  as  great  as  that 
which  we  should  find  in  any  modern  sermon. 

The  following  are  specimens:  —  "The  love  of 
money  is  the  beginning  of  all  sorrows  :  we  brought 
nothing  into  this  world,  neither  have  we  ant/thing  to  carry 
out " — (cap.  iv.).  In  another  place  he  says,  "  We  must 
all  stand  before  the  judgment-seat  of  Christ,  and  each 
one  must  give  account  of  himself" — (cap.  vi.).  In  an- 
other passage  he  says,  "  Do  we  not  know  that  the  saints 
shall  judge  the  world,  as  Paul  teaches?" — (Cap.  xi.) 
Again,  "  Be  ye  angry  and  sin  not,  and  let  not  the  sun 
go  down  upon  your  wrath" — (cap.  xii.).  How  dis- 
tinctly do  we  see  that  Polycarp  uses  tlie  first  Epistle  to 
Timothy,  that  to  the  Komans,  the  first  to  the  Co- 
rinthians, and  that  to  the  Ephesians !  The  use  of  the 
last-mentioned  book  is  all  the  more  striking  from  the 
sentence  of  the  Old  Testament  being  combined  with 
the  same  addition.  He  also  in  another  place  refers  to 
the  same  Epistle,  saying, — "  knowing  that  by  grace  ye 
are  saved,  not  of  works"* — (cap.  i.). 


*  In  speaking  of  the  Epistles,  which  bear  St.  Paul's  name, 
as  received  in  tlie  former  part  of  the  second  century,  it  is  proper 
to  state  that  the  Epistle  which  the  Church  writers  received  as 

3 


34  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

We  are  tlius  able  to  trace  tlie  common  use  of  a  col- 
lection of  Epistles,  bearing  St.  Paul's  name,  to  an  early 
part  of  tlie  second  century  :  we  can  sliow  tliat  no  pos- 
sibility of  mistake  could  be  admitted  in  sucli  a  case,  for 
the  testimony  is  given  alike  by  many  countries  ;  im- 
posture is  equally  impossible,  for  tliat  could  not  be  sup- 
posed without  believing  that  all  Christians  everywhere 
were  so  possessed  with  a  spirit  of  falsehood  as  to  put 
forth  holy  writings  as  those  of  the  Apostle  Paul,  and 
that  for  no  imaginable  reason, — and  that  this  could  be 
done  without  any  trace  of  such  an  imposition  being 
recorded,  and  without  any  voice  being  raised  against 
it,  either  in  the  Church  or  amongst  the  bodies  sepa- 
rated from  it.  No  proof  is  more  mathematically  cer- 
tain than  that  by  which  the  contrary  is  proved  to  be 
absurd  or  impossible. 

The  testimonies  which  bring  us  back  to  the  time  of 
contemporaries  of  St.  Paul,  as  to  some  of  these  Epistles, 
have  no  small  cogency  when  we  compare  these  Epistles 
together  :  they  bear  so  thoroughly  the  impress  of  the 
same  mind. 

Now,  there  are  no  ancient  works  possessed  of  greater 
wei^T^ht  of  evidence  than  these  writin^i^s  before  us.  We 
receive  Cicero's  letters  as  genuine,  and  yet  no  one  sup- 
that  to  the  Ephesians^  was  styled,  by  Marcion,  to  the  Laodiceam. 
Our  copies  call  it,  to  the  Ephesians  ;  the  question,  however,  is 
not  one  of  authenticity,  but  only  of  name  in  the  address  ; — both 
parties  were  equally  agreed  that  it  was  written  by  St.  Paul. 


THE    FOUR    GOSPELS.  35 

poses  that  we  could  find  each  one  severally  mentioned 
by  an  ancient  writer  ;  the  quotations  from  some  are 
considered  as  evidence  to  the  collection  as  such.  Here 
how  much  stronger  is  the  case  !  These  Epistles  are  all 
mentioned  severally  as  existing  in  the  former  part  of 
the  second  century — as  being  then  known  as  docu- 
ments of  established  credit, — not  some  anonymous 
productions,  but  each  bearing  on  its  front  the  certifi- 
cate of  its  origin  which  was  then,  and  had  previously 
been,  regarded  as  authentic.  It  would  be  impossible 
to  be  more  absolutely  certain  even  as  to  the  letters  of 
Eomaine  or  of  John  Xewton. 

THE  FOUR  GOSPELS. 

I  now  pass  on  to  the  collected  Gospels. 

There  is,  to  some  minds,  a  difficulty  in  grasping  the 
events  of  ages  long  past  as  definitely  as  if  they  had 
been  of  more  recent  occurrence.  Let  us  then  consider 
the  collected  Gospels,  not  as  living,  in  the  nineteenth 
century,  on  the  shore  of  the  English  Channel,  but  as 
those  might  do,  who,  in  the  second  century,  dwelt  on 
the  banks  of  the  Ehone. 

We  find  there  a  venerable  teacher,  Irenasus,  the 
bishop  of  the  Church  at  Lyons ;  from  him  we  may 
ask  for  information  on  this  subject.  What  can  he  tell 
us  of  the  collected  Gospels  which  the  Christians  used  ? 

Irena3us  says  that  the  Gospels  were  four^  and  he 
gives  most  elaborate  illustrations  to  show  (as  he  thinks) 


36  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

that  tlieir  number  could  neither  be  greater  nor  less. 
He  illustrates  liis  opinion  by  comparing  tlie  four  faces 
of  the  cherubim  with  the  four  Evangelists ;  and  he  rests 
so  fully  on  the  Gospels  being  then  known  as  a  collec- 
tion, that  he  calls  the  volume  "  a  fourfold  GospeV^ 
He  describes  them  severally  thus  :  — 

"  That  which  is  according  to  John  narrates  Christ's 
princely,  potential,  and  glorious  generation,  saying, 
'  In  the  beginning  was  the  Word,  and  the  Word  was 
with  God,  and  the  Word  was  God,'  and  '  all  things 
were  made  by  Him,  and  without  Him  was  not  any- 
thing made  that  was  made.'  Wherefore  that  Gospel 
is  full  of  all  confidence,  for  his  person  is  such.  Now, 
that  which  is  according  to  lAikc,  having  a  priestly 
impress,  commenced  with  Zacharias  the  priest  burn- 
ing incense  to  God.  For  now  was  the  fatted  calf  pre- 
pared, which  should  be  slain,  because  of  the  finding 
again  of  the  younger  son.  Matthew  preaches  his 
birth  according  to  man,  saying,  '  The  book  of  the 
generation  of  Jesus  Christ,  the  son  of  David,  the  son 
of  Abraham  ;'  and  again,  '  Now  the  birth  of  Christ  was 
on  this  wise.'  This  Gospel,  then,  is  of  a  human  form, 
on  which  account,  throughout  the  whole  of  the  Gospel, 
the  meek  and  lowly  man  is  kept  up.  Mark  com- 
menced from  the  prophetic  spirit  descending  from  on 
high  upon  men,  saying,  '  Tlie  beginning  of  the  Gospel 
of  Jesus  Christ,  as  it  is  written  in  Isaiah  the  prophet' " 
-(1.  ii.  c.  11,  §  8). 


THE   FOUR    GOSPELS.  37 

He  speaks  so  repeatedly  and  liabitually  of  tlie  four 
Gospels  and  their  authors,  that  no  doubt  can  exist  as 
to  his  testimony  on  the  subject. 

But  could  this  reception  of  these  four  Gospels  be  a 
mere  local  peculiarity? — we  may,  in  reply,  look  from 
the  shore  of  the  Khone  to  the  land  of  Irenoeus's  early 
life :  his  testimony  relates,  not  merely  to  the  West, 
but  also  to  Asia  Minor,  for  that  was  the  land  of  his 
Christian  training.  We  may  turn  also  to  Egypt, 
where  Clement  of  Alexandria  gives,  at  the  same  time, 
an  according  testimony  to  the  same  four  Gospels.  So, 
too,  we  may  look  at  Carthage,  where,  as  we  learn  from 
Tertullian,  who  at  this  very  time  had  arrived  at  man's 
estate,  the  same  Gospels  were  used  as  the  works  of  the 
same  authors. 

But  did  this  unity,  in  the  reception  of  the  Gospel 
collection,  originate  in  papal  authority  ?  Have  we  no 
traces  of  such  claims  at  dominion  over  conscience,  and 
may  not  this  have  influenced  Irenceus  and  others  ? 
Now,  we  have  at  this  very  time  a  remarkable  claim 
made  by  the  bishop  of  Kome — a  claim,  however, 
which  this  very  Irena^us,  to  whom  we  refer,  resisted. 
The  differences  in  the  Church,  as  to  the  time  of  cele- 
brating Easter,  still  continued ;  and  Victor,  bishop  of 
Rome,  usurped  the  authority  of  excluding  from  the 
fellowship  of  the  Church  the  Asiatic  bishops  and  com- 
munities that  did  not  accord  in  judgment  with  him 
as  to  this  point. 


38  HISTORIC    EVIDEXCE. 

This  caused  Irenaius  to  write  to  Victor  in  terms  of 
earnest  remonstrance,  so  that  he  clearly  shows  that 
as  yet  no  one  Church  possessed  such  dominant  power 
over  others,  as  that  books  of  Scripture  or  anything 
else  could  be  received  on  its  authority. 

We  may  thus  look  around  us  from  the  shores  of 
the  Ehone,  and  in  whatever  direction  we  turn,  at  the 
latter  part  of  the  second  century,  we  find  the  Christian 
communities  holding  the  same  Gospels  which  they  con- 
sidered that  they  had  received  from  the  Apostolic  age. 

But  in  what  relation  did  Christian  teachers  then, 
such  as  Irengeus,  stand  to  the  times  of  the  Apostles  ? 
Irenseus  himself  shall  tell  us.  He  says,  in  addressing 
Florinus,  who  had  introduced  erroneous  doctrines, — 

"  Thou  didst  never  receive  these  doctrines  from  the 
elders  who  preceded  us,  who  themselves  had  associated 
with  the  Apostles.  When  I  was  yet  a  boy,  I  saw  thee 
in  company  with  Polycarp  in  Asia  Minor ;  for  I  re- 
member what  took  place  then  better  than  what  happens 
now.  What  we  heard  in  childhood  grows  along  with 
the  soul,  and  becomes  one  with  it,  so  that  I  can 
describe  the  place  where  the  blessed  Polycarp  sat  and 
spoke,  his  going  in  and  out,  his  manner  of  life  and  the 
form  of  his  person  ;  the  discourses  which  he  delivered 
to  the  congregation ;  how  he  told  of  his  intercourse 
with  John  and  with  the  rest  who  had  seen  the  Lord ; 
how  he  reported  their  sayings,  and  what  he  had  heard 
Irom  them  respecting  the  Lord,  his  miracles  and  his 


THE    FOUR    GOSPELS.  39 

doctrines.  All  these  things  were  told  by  Polycarp  in 
accordance  with  holy  Scripture,  as  he  had  received 
them  from  the  eye-witnesses  of  the  doctrine  of  salva- 
tion. Through  the  grace  of  God,  given  to  me  even 
then,  did  I  listen  to  these  things  with  eagerness ;  and 
wrote  them  down,  not  on  paper,  but  in  my  heart ;  and 
by  the  grace  of  God,  I  constantly  revive  them  again 
fresh  before  my  memory.  And  I  can  witness,  before 
God,  that  if  the  blessed  and  apostolic  presbyter  had 
heard  such  things,  he  would  have  cried  out,  stopped 
his  ears,  and  (according  to  his  custom)  have  said,  '  0 
my  good  God  !  upon  what  times  hast  thou  brought 
me,  that  I  must  endure  this  !'  And  he  would  have 
fled  away  from  the  place  where  seated  or  standing  he 
had  heard  such  discourses." 

Such  was  the  simple  and  definite  line  of  information 
that  connected  Irenaius  with  the  age  of  the  Apostles. 

From  Justin  Martyr  we  learn  something  of  the 
sacred  books  of  the  Christians,  in  which  the  history  of 
our  Lord  was  contained,  which  were  in  use  amongst 
them  in  the  former  half  of  the  second  century. 

This  early  Christian  writer  was  born  at  Shechem,  in 
Palestine,  about  (as  is  supposed)  the  year  90.  After  a 
vain  search,  for  satisfaction,  in  the  schools  of  philo- 
sophy, he  became  a  Christian.  In  his  first  Apology, 
addressed  to  the  emperor,  Antoninus  Pius,  he  describes 
the  worship  of  the  Christians ;  and  after  having  men- 
tioned what  was  written  by  '*  the  Apostles  in  the  Me- 


40  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

morials,  wliicli  tliej  have  made,  wliicli  are  called 
Gospels"  lie  says,  that  on  Sunday  the  Christians, 
whether  in  cities  or  in  country-places,  held  an  united 
assembly,  in  which  "  the  ^lemorials  of  the  Apostles 
or  the  Writings  of  the  Prophets  are  read,  as  time  may 
permit."*     In  another  place  he  describes  these  Chris- 

*  The  following  is  Justin's  full  description  of  Christian  wor- 
ship in  the  second  century  :  — 

"  On  the  day  called  Sunday,  there  is  an  assembly  in  one  place 
of  all  who  dwell  in  the  cities  or  in  the  country,  and  the  Memo- 
rials of  the  Apostles  or  the  "Writings  of  the  Prophets  are  read,  as 
time  may  permit.  Afterwards,  when  he  who  reads  has  ended, 
he  who  presides  admonishes  and  exhorts,  by  word,  to  imitate 
these  good  things.  Afterwards,  we  all  stand  up  together  and 
pray ;  and,  as  we  said  before,  when  we  have  made  an  end  of 
prayer,  bread  is  brought,  and  wine,  and  water,  and  he  who  pre- 
sides offers  prayers  and  thanksgivings  according  to  his  ability, 
and  the  people  add  their  assent,  saying,  Amen ;  and  those  things 
for  which  thanks  were  given  are  distributed,  and  are  partaken  of 
by  each  one ;  and  they  are  sent  by  the  deacons  to  those  who  are 
not  present.  Those  who  are  well-off,  and  who  wish  it,  con- 
tribute, each  one  according  to  his  own  purpose  what  he  wishes, 
and  the  collection  is  deposited  with  him  Avho  presides  ;  and  he 
assists  orphans  and  widows,  and  those  who  are  in  need,  through 
sickness  or  other  cause,  and  those  who  are  in  bonds,  and  stran- 
gers who  may  be  sojourning  in  the  place  ;  and,  in  fact,  he  takes 
care  of  all  who  may  be  in  need, 

"  We  all  hold  this  united  assembly  on  Sunday,  since  it  is 
the  first  day,  in  which  God  turned  aside  darkness  and  matter, 
and  made  the  world ;  and  Jesus  Christ,  our  Saviour,  on  the  same 


THE    FOUR    GOSPELS.  41 

tian  writings  more  exactly  ;  he  says,  "  tlie  Memorials 
which  were  drawn  up  by  the  Apostles  and  their  com- 
panions." 

Now,  I  wish  to  direct  your  attention  to  the  manner 
in  which  Justin  speaks  of  the  public  and  habitual 
reading  of  the  Gospels  in  the  Christian  assemblies. 
He  mentions  it  to  the  emperor  as  a  fact  open  to  the 
knowledge  of  all.  Justin's  testimony  is  good  enough 
to  prove  it ;  but  it  rests  on  a  yet  stronger  ground  of 
evidence,  for  it  must  have  been  habitually  true  if  it 
could  be  thus  mentioned. 

Thus,  when  Melanchthon  said,  in  the  Augsburg  Con- 
fession, "  The  Churches  amongst  us  teach,  with  general 
consent,  .  .  .  that  men  cannot  be  justified  before  God 
by  their  own  powers,  merits,  or  works,  but  that  they 
are  justified  freely  for  Christ's  sake,  through  faith,"  the 
statement  carried  with  it  the  guarantee  of  its  truth. 
Now,  Justin  was  well  acquainted  with  the  Christian 
communities  in  many  parts :  he  had  sojourned  at 
Ephesus,  Alexandria,  and  Kome ;  and  it  is  evident 
that  the  memorials  called  Gospels,  written  by  the 
Apostles  and  their  companions,  were  thus  used  in  all 
the  Churches  of  which  Justin  knew  aught.  Justin's 
writings  contain  repeated  citations  which  substantially 

day  arose  from  the  dead ;  for  they  crucified  him  the  day  before 
Saturday ;  and  on  the  day  after  Saturday,  which  is  Sunday,  he 
was  manifested  to  his  apostles  and  disciples,  and  taught  them 
things  which  we  have  offered,  likewise,  for  your  attention." 


42  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

accord  witli  our  four  Gospels ;  so  that  tliese  citations 
might  show,  that  the  books  which  tlie  Church  uni- 
versally used  in  the  days  when  Irenjcus  wrote,  were  the 
same  that  were  in  the  hands  of  Justin.  It  is  true  that 
Justin  cites  loosely  enough,  and  that  he  quotes  from 
the  Gospels  two  things  that  are  not  in  ours ;  he  cites, 
however,  the  Old  Testament  just  as  loosely,  and  refers 
to  the  Pentateuch  for  two  facts  which  it  does  not  con- 
tain :  no  one  would,  therefore,  think  that  his  Penta- 
teuch was  different  from  ours. 

And  yet  some  have  said,  that  Justin  only  used 
apocryphal  Gospels  :  if  so,  they  must  have  resembled 
ours  most  marvellously,  and  they  must  have  been 
attributed  to  authors  who  might  be  similarly  described. 
And  besides  this,  the  whole  of  the  Churches  must  have 
used  the  same  apocryphal  Gospels ;  and  this  must  have 
been  the  case  in  the  boyhood  of  that  very  Irenseus,  who 
is  so  explicit  a  witness  to  our  four  Gospels.  It  certainly 
would  require  some  degree  of  credulity  to  believe  that 
all  the  Churches  everywhere  did,  between  the  years 
150  and  175,  chanffethe  Gospels  which  they  read  pub- 
licly every  Lord's-day.  Had  they  done  this,  how  could 
they  have  received  the  newly-adopted  documents  with 
such  reverence  as  they  did  ?  In  fact,  the  identity  of 
Justin's  Gospels  with  those  mentioned  by  Irena^us,  is 
more  strongly  evinced  by  the  moral  impossibilities  im- 
plied in  the  contrary  supposition,  than  it  could  be  in 
any  other  way. 


THE   FOUR    GOSPELS.  43 

Wc  have,  however,  direct  evidence  also  :  for  Tatian 
composed  a  kind  of  harmony  of  the  Gospels,  which 
was  known  by  the  name  o^  Dia  Tessaron,  i.  e.  "  of  the 
four,"  from  its  being  an  interwoven  narrative  from  four 
Gospels.  We  learn  from  Irena^us  himself,  that  this 
Tatian  was  a  disciple  of  Justin  Martyr,  and  that  he 
fell  into  doctrinal  errors,  such  as  the  condemnation  of 
marriage,  after  his  teacher's  death.  Tatian's  Gospels 
were  then  evidently  identical  with  those  of  Justin. 
We  may  also  notice  that  the  writer  of  the  Canon  in 
Muratori  speaks  of  the  Gospels  of  Luke  and  John  by 
name,  as  the  third  and  fourth  ;  those  of  ]\Iatthew  and 
Mark  must  undoubtedly  have  been  described  in  the 
lost  part  of  this  fragment. 

If,  then,  we  see  that  the  Churches  everywhere  used 
our  four  Gospels  immediately  after  the  apostolic  age, 
and  in  the  lifetime  of  the  tens  of  thousands  of  Christians 
who  had  been  contemporaries  with  the  Apostles,  it 
follows  that  this  was  nothing  newly  or  suddenly 
adopted,  but  that  it  sprung  even  from  the  time  when 
the  apostolic  guidance  still  continued.  And  what  could 
have  caused  all  Christians  everywhere  to  read  in  public 
these  four  narratives,  as  the  works  of  the  Apostles 
Matthew  and  John,  and  of  Mark  and  Luke,  two  com- 
panions of  Apostles,  except  that  they  hiew^  as  a  fact, 
that  these  were  their  real  authors  ? 

I  have  dwelt  long  on  a  very  plain  case,  simply  be- 
cause, in  the  present  day,  this  is  the  very  point  of 


44  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

Cliristian  evidence  whicli  is  specially  opposed.  It  is 
said  tliat  our  four  Gospels  are  not  historical  narratives, 
but  tliat  tliey  came  into  existence  at  a  later  period  tlian 
tlie  time  of  tlie  Apostles  :  tliat  tlie  accounts  of  Christ 
were  at  first  myths,  and  that  they  were  gradually  em- 
bodied in  a  definite  form.  By  a  myth  they  seem  to 
mean  the  personification  of  an  idea  :  a  mythic  person 
would  be  the  supposed  character  of  a  fable  ; — and  to 
this  they  would  bring  down  all  that  we  know  of  the 
life  and  actions  of  our  Lord.  They  say,  that  if  we  hold 
the  Christ  of  our  apprehension  aright,  it  matters  little 
whether  we  retain  the  belief  in  an  historical  Christ.* 

♦  The  process  of  supposed  ratiocination,  by  which  historical 
facts  and  persons  in  Scripture  are  reduced  to  mere  myths,  is 
something  of  the  following  kind.  It  is  assumed  that  man  had 
an  intuitive  consciousness  of  his  own  want  of  a  deliverer ;  that 
this  want  led  to  the  process  of  thinking  out  what  sort  of  a 
deliverer  was  suited  to  the  need,  and  lioio  this  redeemer  should 
act  in  order  to  work  out  man's  salvation  :  these  ideas  (it  is  then 
assumed)  led  to  the  thought  of  the  incarnation  of  a  divine  person, 
—  to  his  being  supposed  to  have  died,  and  risen,  etc.;  and  then 
it  is  assumed  that  the  Gospels  sprung  into  existence  at  a  later 
period,  when  these  supposed  thoughts  had  assumed  a  concrete 
form  in  the  minds  of  those  who  had  received  them.  But  does 
man  naturally  know  his  need  of  such  a  salvation  as  that  which 
God  sets  forth,  through  faith,  in  the  blood  of  Jesus  Christ  ?  So 
far  from  this  being  the  case,  the  scheme  of  Christianity  runs 
directly  counter  to  man's  preconceived  thoughts.  The  Cross  of 
Christ  was,  indeed,  to  the  Jews  a  stumbling-block,  and  to  the 
Greeks  foolishness.     The  mythic  theory  is  a  present  proof  how 


THE   FOUR   GOSPELS.  45 

It  is  difficult  to  analyse  sucli  vague  thouglits.  This, 
however,  I  know,  that  if  the  Xew  Testament  possesses 
one  particle  of  authenticity,  then  the  historical  Christ 
is  the  person  to  whom  it  points.     I  can  apprehend  no 

little  minds  now  like  the  mode  of  salvation  set  forth  in  the  New 
Testament. 

It  is  in  vain  to  endeavour  to  set  aside  the  existence  and  acts 
of  historic  personages  by  calling  them  myths.  Julius  Caesar 
would  make  (on  the  novel  theory)  a  thorough  myth.  The  re- 
corded events  of  his  life  are  so  peculiar, — his  connection  with 
such  varied  countries,  his  actings  from  Britain  to  Egypt,  might 
all  be  pronounced  as  proofs  that  he  was  not  an  historic  person  ; 
he  might  thus  be  easily  explained  away  into  the  embodiment  of 
the  idea  of  the  transition  of  the  Roman  state  from  a  republic  to 
an  empire,  —  of  the  spread  of  Roman  institutions  into  the  West 
and  East,  and  the  introduction  of  Roman  civilization  into  bar- 
barous countries,  such  as  Gaul  and  Britain.  It  might  be  sug- 
gested that  some  British  writer  gave  the  myth  its  form  ;  for 
otherwise,  why  should  his  military  success  in  Britain  be  repre- 
sented as  so  incomplete  ?  It  might  be  argued  that  the  accounts 
of  Caesar's  death  show  the  whole  to  be  mythic  ;  for  how  else 
could  the  Roman  senate  solemnly  confirm  all  Caesar's  acts,  and 
yet  proclaim  an  amnesty  for  those  who  had  assassinated  him  ? 
Might  not  the  fact,  also,  of  the  name  of  Ccesar  being  used  in  all 
succeeding  ages  as  a  title,  be  taken  as  a  proof  of  the  absence  of 
historic  reality  as  to  the  alleged  Julius  Caesar  ? 

These  points  are  strong  when  compared  with  what  the  mythic 
theory  has  to  object  to  the  reality  of  Jesus  Christ.  What  shall 
be  said  of  a  system  which  owns  that  man  needs  a  Saviour,  and 
yet  deprives  him  of  the  historic  reality  of  that  Saviour  to  whom 
the  Scripture  testifies ! 


46  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

Christ,  no  deliverer  of  guilty  man,  except  that  liistorical 
person — the  eternal  Son  of  God,  who  became  man,  to 
redeem  us  men  by  the  shedding  of  his  blood,  and  who 
has  risen  again,  and  now  sitteth  at  the  right  hand  of 
God,  from  whence  He  shall  come  to  be  the  Judge  of 
quick  and  dead.  Our  warrant  for  believing  in  this 
Christ  is  the  record  which  we  possess  in  the  New 
Testament. 

It  is,  indeed,  marvellous  how  any  imagination  can 
have  run  so  wild,  as  to  tliink  that  a  supposed  myth 
about  a  supposed  Christ  can  have  become  embodied  in 
four  narratives  so  simple  and  definite,  and  that  the  real 
fact  of  Christianity  can  have  sprung  out  of  such  fancied 
dreams. 

But  it  is  said  that,  at  this  distance  of  time,  the  great- 
est uncertainty  must  of  course  spread  over  the  scene. 
Nay,  but  lapse  of  time  makes  no  difference  with  regard 
to  proved  facts :  that  which  is  proved  to  have  been 
known  truth  eighteen  hundred  years  ago,  is  known 
truth  still.  It  is  as  certain  7tow  that  Julius  Coasar  in- 
vaded Britain,  as  it  was  at  the  Cliristian  era.  But  we 
have  no  occasion  to  look  at  these  things  from  a  long 
distance.  We  can  take  our  stand  in  the  latter  part  of 
the  second  century,  and  look  back  from  that  era  to  the 
apostolic  age.  The  opponents  admit  that  our  four 
Gospels  were  in  general  use  A.  D.  175.  They  suggest, 
however,  that  they  cume  into  existence,  at  least  in  their 
present  form,  between  the  year  150  and  tliat  year ; 


THE    FOUR   GOSPELS.  47 

that  is  to  say,  by  some  unknown  and  unrecorded  cause, 
tlie  Christians  were  induced  everywhere  in  twenty-five 
years  to  adopt  our  Gospels,  and  also  to  believe  that  they 
had  possessed  them  from  the  apostolic  age.  This  is 
mythic  and  unhistorical  with  a  vengeance. 

It  presents  difficulties  enough  to  be  explained.  The 
number  of  the  copies  of  the  Gospels  which  were  in  use 
at  the  admitted  date,  A.  D.  175,  would  be,  at  a  very 
moderate  computation,  sixty  thousand,  amongst  the 
Christian  communities  throughout  the  Roman  empire  ; 
— and  all  these  copies  must  have  been  received  and 
used  without  any  opposing  voice  being  raised ! 

Standing  at  the  year  175,  we  might  find  enough 
individuals  living  who  still  remembered,  the  apostoHc 
age  :  they  had  only  to  look  back  seventy- five  years, — 
as  long  as  we  have  to  the  old  American  war;  —  it  ^vas 
not  six  months  ago  *  that  Dr.  Routh,  president  of 
Magdalen  College,  Oxford,  was  speaking  to  me,  with 
clear  memory,  of  events  which  occurred  then  and  be- 
fore, when  he  was  a  student  in  that  University. 

It  is  thus  of  importance  to  trace  our  Gospels,  step  by 
step,  backwards  through  the  second  century,  for  thus 
we  show  the  baselessness  of  the  mythic,  unhistoric 
theory.  And  now,  as  to  single  Gospels,  we  can  go  yet 
further  in  our  notices  than  wx  can  of  the  collected 
volume. 

'^  That  is,  when  this  Lecture  was  delivered,  October,  1851. 


48  HISTOEIC    EVIDENCE. 

At  the  close  of  the  first  century  tliere  were  living  at 
Ephesus,  besides  tKe  Apostle  Jolm,  two  otliers  of  the 
immediate  disciples  of  our  Lord  when  on  earth, — 
John  the  Presbyter,  and  Aristion.*  Now,  we  know 
from  Papias,  bishop  of  Hierapolis,  what  John  the 
Presbyter  stated  concerning  the  Gospels  of  Matthew 
and  Mark  :  of  j\Iark,  he  says,  that  he  was  the  inter- 
preter of  Peter,  and  though  not  a  hearer  or  follower  of 
our  Lord  himself,  he  wrote  down  very  carefully  what 
Peter  had  narrated ;  so  that  (he  adds)  "  he  erred  in 
nothing^  This  testimony  of  an  immediate  disciple  of 
Christ  is  deeply  interesting.  He  speaks  as  clearly  of 
St.  J\Iatthew's  Gospel,  mentioning  that  he  wrote  it  in 
Hebrew. 

The  endeavour  to  evade  the  force  of  this  evidence  is 
made  to  rest  on  the  singular  theory  that  John  the 

*  The  words  of  Eusebius  (iii.  39)  are,  "  Aristion,  and  John 
the  Presbyter,  the  disciples  of  the  Lord."  In  the  "  Edinburgh 
Keview,"  July,  1851,  p.  37,  note^  it  is  said  that  the  words,  "  the 
disciples  of  the  Lord,"  '■''are  probably  an  interpolation.'"  No 
reason  is  given  why  we  should  so  regard  them ;  and  in  looking 
at  Dr.  Burton's  critical  edition  of  "  Eusebius's  Ecclesiastical 
History,"  it  appears  that  there  is  no  authority  whatever  for  ex- 
punging them.  Not  only  is  all  external  evidence  in  their  favour, 
but  also,  if  they  were  omitted,  there  would  be  no  purpose  in 
mentioning  John  the  Presbyter,  and  Aristion,  in  the  passage,  had 
they  not  been  like  Andrew,  Peter,  and  the  others,  whose  names 
arc  introduced,  themselves  immediate!  disciples  of  Christ  when 
on  earth. 


THE    FOUR   GOSPELS.  49 

Presbyter,  and  Papias  who  records  his  words,  did  not 
mean  our  Gospels  of  Matthew  and  Mark,  but  some 
other  ])ooks  of  which  we  have  no  account  whatever, 
which  bore  the  same  names  !  Suppose  we  were  to 
suggest  that  the  history  of  Thucydides,  which  we  pos- 
sess, is  not  that  which  the  ancients  cite  as  such,  but 
another  book  bearing  the  same  name.  Wliat  would 
be  said  to  this  idea  ? 

I  have  already  shown  how  Poly  carp  interweaves  in 
his  epistle,  words  and  sentences  from  the  Epistles  of 
the  Apostle  Paul :  we  find  a  similar  introduction  of 
words  which  exist  in  our  Gospels.  He  writes  thus:  — 
"The  Lord  said,  Judge  not  that  ye  be  not  judged; 
forgive  and  ye  shall  be  forgiven ;  be  merciful  that 
ye  may  obtain  mercy.  With  what  measure  ye  mete  it 
shall  be  measured  to  you  again.  And,  Blessed  are  the 
poor,  and  they  that  are  persecuted  for  righteousness 
sake,  for  theirs  is  the  kingdom  of  God" — (cap.  2). 
In  another  place,  "  The  Lord  said.  The  spirit  truly  is 
willing,  but  the  flesh  is  weak" — (cap.  7). 

Clement  of  Rome,  also,  in  his  epistle  has  this  state- 
ment: —  "The  Lord  said.  Be  merciful  that  ye  may 
obtain  mercy ;  forgive  that  ye  may  be  forgiven ;  as 
ye  do  so  shall  it  be  done  to  you ;  as  ye  give  so  shall  it 
be  given  to  you  ;   as  ye  judge  so  shall  ye  be  judged; 

with  what  measure  ye  mete,  therewith  shall 

it  be  measured  to  you" — (cap.  13). 

These  sentences,  especially  those  of  Polycarp,  appear 


50  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

like  references,  more  or  less  exact,  to  the  Gospels  of 
Matthew  and  Luke  :  the  only  reason  for  doubting  is 
that  these  writers  might  have  had  some  oral  know- 
ledge of  this  teaching  of  our  Lord  :  —  they  refer,  how- 
ever, to  Avhat  he  said,  as  if  tliose  to  whom  they  wrote 
knew  of  these  things  likewise. 

St.  Paul,  in  his  first  Epistle  to  Timothy,  speaks  thus : 
— '*  The  Scripture  saith.  Thou  shalt  not  muzzle  the  ox 
that  treadeth  out  the  corn;"  and,  "  The  labourer  is  wor- 
thy of  his  reward.'^  This  latter  sentence  is  found  only 
in  Luke  x.  7  ;  it  appears  to  be  linked  by  the  Apostle 
with  the  citation  from  the  Law  under  the  common 
term  of  Scripture.  There  is,  I  believe,  in  the  New 
Testament  no  instance  of  two  sentences,  joined  by  the 
copulative,  being  introduced  with  such  a  plirase  as 
"  the  Scripture  saith,"  when  the  latter  is  merely  an 
addition.  I  have  no  doubt  myself  that  St.  Paul  gives 
us  the  earliest  testimony,  and  that  of  an  authoritative 
kind,  to  the  Gospel  of  Luke,  his  companion. 

Besides  the  evidence  of  writers  who  belonged  to  the 
Church,  we  may  (as  Irena3us  himself  did)  appeal  to 
the  Gnostic  sects,  who  made  more  or  less  use  of  our 
Gospels.  Thus,  Marcion's  Gospel  was  a  truncated  copy 
of  St.  Luke's,  from  which  he  extruded  what  struck 
him  as  inconsistent  with  his  notion  that  our  Lord  pos- 
sessed no  real  humanity :  he  left,  however,  unumputated 
quite  enough  to  refute  his  strange  ideas.    Indeed,  while 


THE    FOUR   GOSPELS.  51 

the  different  bodies  separated  from  the  Church  showed 
that  they  were  acquainted,  in  the  second  century,  with  all 
our  four  Gospels,  it  is  pointed  out  by  Irenseus  that  each 
Gospel,  separately,  was  upheld  by  some  one  particular 
party, — a  plain  proof  of  their  existence  before  these 
bodies  quitted  the  communion  of  the  Church. 

Celsus,  the  heathen  philosopher,  who  wrote  at 
length  against  the  Christians  and  their  religion,  is  an 
important  witness  to  the  early  existence  and  use  of  our 
Gospels. 

Thus,  then,  we  have  distinct  historic  grounds  for 
holding  fast  the  Epistles  which  bear  St.  Paul's  name 
as  being  his  genuine  works,  and  for  ascribing  the  four 
Gospels  to  the  authors  whose  names  they  bear,  that  is, 
to  use  the  words  of  Justin  Martyr,  "  Apostles  and 
their  companions." 

I  have  not  rested  on  other  evidence,  such  as  that  of 
undesigned  coincidence,  by  which  Paley  demonstrates 
so  satisfactorily  that  the  Epistles  of  St.  Paul  and  the 
book  of  Acts  are  alike  genuine  works, — that  they 
could  not^  in  fact,  be  forgeries  :  this  evidence  is  of  a 
kind  extremely  cogent. 


52  HISTOKIC    EVIDENCE. 


ACTS  OF  THE  APOSTLES. 

In  passing  on  to  tlie  remaining  books,  I  begin  with 
the  Acts  of  the  Apostles :  this  book  was,  in  the  second 
century,  known  and  received  as  the  work  of  Luke,  as 
much  as  his  Gospel.  I  need  only  refer  to  Irenseus. 
Clement  of  Alexandria,  and  Tertullian,*  as  witnesses 
against  whose  testimony  no  exception  can  be  made. 
The  Canon  in  ]\Iuratori  is  also  a  valuable  document  as 
to  tliis  book.  I  need  not  enlarge  on  .this ;  for  the 
testimony  is  sufficient  to  carry  us  to  the  time  of  those 
who  belonged  to  the  Apostolic  age. 


EPISTLE  TO  THE  HEBREWS. 

In  speaking  of  the  Epistles  to  which  St.  Paul's  name 
is  prefixed,  that  to  the  Hebrews  was  of  course  ex- 
cluded. The  difficulty,  as  to  this  Epistle,  is  not  on 
the  points  of  antiquity  and  authority,  but  entirely  as 
to  authorship.  In  the  early  centuries  it  was  but  little 
known  in  the  West,  and  thus,  in  the  Canon  in  Mura- 
tori,  it  is  not  mentioned.  In  the  East,  however,  it 
was  well  known  and  received, — and  there  it  was  as- 
cribed to  the  Apostle  Paul.     Clement  of  Alexandria 

*  Iren.  1.  iii.  c.  14,  §  1 ;  Clem.  Strom,  p.  588  ;  Tcrt.  De  Jejun,, 
c.  10,  etc.,  etc.,  etc. 


EPISTLE    TO    THE    HEBREWS.  53 

is  a  sufficient  witness  on  this  point.*  The  North 
African  Church,  likewise,  knew  of  this  Epistle  at  an 
early  period;  for  TertuUian  quotes  it,  ascribing  it, 
however,  to  Barnabas,  f  All  the  early  accounts  would 
show  that  it  was  considered  to  come  from  what  might 
be  called  the  school  of  St.  Paul.,  whether  written  by 
himself  or  not.  Though  the  West  had  comparatively 
little  knowledge  of  this  Epistle  in  the  second  century, 
yet  it  must  have  been  known  there,  in  the  first  cen- 
tury, as  an  approved  document ;  for  Clement  of  Kome, 
in  his  Epistle  to  the  Corinthians,  interweaves  large 
portions  of  the  Epistle  before  us.  It  has  been  said 
that  "allusions  prove  nothing";  however,  in  such  a 
case  as  this  they  prove  a  great  deal.  This  Epistle 
claims  authority  on  the  part  of  the  writer  ;  he,  there- 
fore, who  could  approvingly  introduce  extracts  from  it 
into  another  work,  so  far  sanctions  that  authority;  and 
this  Clement  of  Kome  has  done.  J  We  are  able,  there- 
fore, to  say  that  in  the  Apostolic  age  it  was  received  as 
an  authoritative  document.  In  the  former  part  of  the 
second  century,  Justin  Martyr  (Apol.  i.)  says,  that 
Christ  is  called  an  Ajjostle, — a  term  which  indicates  his 

*  Strom,  p.  645  ;  see  also  in  Euseb.  H.  E.  1.  vi.  13,  14. 

t  De  Pudie.  c.  20. 

J  It  would  fill  several  pages  to  give  the  reiterated  passages  in 
which  Clement  interweaves  the  words  and  order  of  thoughts  of 
the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 


54  HISTORIC   EVIDEKCi:. 

acquaintance  with  this  Epistle,  and  his  acknowledg- 
ment of  its  authority.  The  difficulty  connected  with 
its  authorship  being  directly  ascribed  to  St.  Paul,  is 
principally  found  in  the  omission  of  his  name  at  the 
beginning,  and  the  diflPerence  of  style  throughout. 
Thus,  some  of  those  who  ascribed  it  in  a  general  sense 
to  St.  Paul,  thought  that  the  ideas  were  his,  but  that 
the  language  Avas  that  of  another  ;  in  fact,  that  it  bore 
the  same  relation  to  St.  Paul,  as  St.  Luke's  Gospel 
does  to  him,  and  St.  Mark's  to  St.  Peter.  Thus 
Origen,  who  quotes  this  Epistle  .as  St.  Paul's,  says, 
that  of  the  actual  luriter  "  God  only  knoweth."* 
Ancient  testimony  is  abundantly  strong  as  to  the 
authority  of  this  book ;  it  generally  ascribes  it  to 
St.  Paul ; — and  this  is  quite  sufficient  for  us  to  receive 
it  with  all  confidence,  and  to  consider  it  as  Pauline  in 
the  same  general  sense. 

CATHOLIC      EPISTLES. 

FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  PETER. 

The  Catholic  Epistles  were  not  formed  into  a  col- 
lected volume  at  an  early  period  :  they  were  only 
known  and  used  individually.  Hence,  we  cannot  be 
surprised  that  some  of  them  were  nmch  better  known 
til  an  others.     Two   only  of  these  writings   stand   in 

♦  Cited  in  Euscb.  Hist.  Ecc.  1.  vi.  25. 


CATHOLIC    EPISTLES.  55 

Eusebius's   catalogue   of   books    universally   acknow- 
ledged. 

The  first  Epistle  of  Peter  need  not  detain  us  long : 
Polycarp  uses  it  as  freely  and  fully  as  a  modern 
preacher  might  do.  *  Papias,  in  the  same  age,  cited  tes- 
timonies from  it,  as  we  learn  from  Eusebius  (1.  iii.  39). 
Clement  of  Alexandria  and  Irenscus  quote  it  bi/  name, 
in  the  second  century,  as  also  does  Tertullian  :  f  he 
only,  however,  cites  it  in  one  passage,  instead  of 
making  the  continual  use  of  it  that  he  does  of  the 
Gospels  and  St.  Paul's  Epistles.  This  is  natural 
enough,  as  this  writing  was  only  a  separate  volume, 
and  not  part  of  the  collections  already  formed. 


FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 

The  first  Epistle  of  John  was  also  used  by  Polycarp 
and  Papias,t  and  by  the  writers  of  the  second  century, 

*  The  following  is  the  first  passage  of  Polycarp  in  which  he 
interweaves  the  words  of  1  Peter,  and  this  may  serve  as  a 
specimen  of  the  rest.  "  In  whom  though  ye  see  Him  not  ye  be- 
lieve ;  and  believing  ye  rejoice  with  joy  unutterable  and  full  of 
glory"— (cap.  i.). 

t  Iren.  1.  iv.  c.  9,  §  2 ;  Clem.  Alex.  Strom,  p.  493  ;  Tert. 
Scorp.  c.  12,  14. 

I  Papias  in  Euseb.  H.  E.  1.  iii.  39  ;  Polyc.  cap.  7,  "  For  every 
one  that  confesseth  not  that  Jesus  Christ  is  come  in  the  flesh,  is 
Antichrist." 


56  HISTOKIC    EVIDENCE. 

Irenasus,  Clement,  and  Tertullian*  by  name,  as  is  also 
the  case  in  the  Canon  in  Muratori. 


BOOKS    OPPOSED    BY    SOME. 

EPISTLE  OF  JAMES. 

The  Epistle  of  James  is  the  first  book  that  we  have 
to  consider,  of  those  described  by  Eusebius  as  opposed 
hy  some. 

We  are  not  (as  I  said  already)  to  feel  surprise  that 
Epistles  not  addressed  to  a  particular  Church  should 
be  for  a  time  comparatively  unknown ;  this  would 
especially  be  what  we  might  expect  as  to  an  Epistle 
to  those  from  amongst  the  Israelitish  nation  who  had 
believed  in  Christ. 

The  first  who  makes  express  mention  of  this  Epistle 
by  name,  is  Origen,  in  the  former  part  of  the  third  cen- 
tury :  he  quotes  it  as  the  Epistle  attributed  to  James. 
Hence,  it  is  prohahle  that  Origen's  teacher,  Clement  of 
Alexandria,  knew  of  this  Epistle  :  this  supposition  is 
confirmed  by  a  statement  of  Cassiodorus,  a  writer  of 
the  sixth  century,  that  Clement  gave  a  summary  of 
this  Epistle  (together  with  others)  in  a  work  of  his 
which  is  now  lost :    it  has,  however,  been  doubted 

*  Iren.  1.  iii.  c.  IG,  §  3,  etc. ;  Clem.  Pa>dog.  p.  257,  etc. ;  Tert. 
Scorp.  c.  12,  etc. 


CATHOLIC    EPISTLES.  0/ 

whether  the  name  of  James ^  in  the  passage  of  Cassio- 
dorus,  is  not  put  in  mistake  for  Jude.  Irenoeus  says  of 
Abraham,  that  "A^  was  called  the  friend  of  God" — 
(1.  iii.  c.  16,  §  2).  This  looks  like  an  acquaintance  with 
this  Epistle.  A  strong  testimony  to  this  writing  is 
given  by  the  old  Syriac  version  of  the  New  Testament, 
in  which,  although  the  other  books  "  opposed  by 
some"  are  absent,  this  Epistle  is  contained.  In  the 
fourth  century  we  see,  from  Jerome,  that  the  authen- 
ticity of  this  Epistle  was  very  plainly  asserted,  and 
the  Epistle  was  then,  as  now,  ascribed  to  the  Apostle 
James,  the  son  of  Alphceus.  This  is  just  what  we 
might  expect :  a  writing,  little  known  at  first,  obtains 
a  more  general  circulation,  and  the  knowledge  of  the 
writing  and  its  reception  go  almost  together.  The 
contents  entirely  befit  the  antiquity  which  the  writing 
claims  :  no  evidence  could  be  given  for  rejecting  it :  it 
differs  in  its  whole  nature  from  the  foolish  and  spuri- 
ous writings  put  forth  in  the  name  of  this  James ;  and 
thus  its  gradual  reception  is  to  be  accounted  for  from 
its  having,  from  early  times,  been  known  by  some  to 
be  genuine  (as  shown  by  the  Syriac  version),  and  this 
knowledge  having  afterwards  spread  more  widely. 


58  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 


SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  TETER. 

The  second  Epistle  of  Peter  was  but  little  known  in 
early  times: — it  professes  (cli.  iii.  1)  to  be  addressed 
to  tlie  same  persons  as  the  first  Epistle  had  been. 
Cappadocia  is  one  of  the  countries  mentioned  in  the 
salutation  of  the  former  : — this  then  must  be  supposed 
to  have  been  best  known  in  that  and  the  surrounding 
regions.  Accordingly,  from  Cappadocia  we  get  the 
earliest  decisive  testimony.  In  the  middle  of  the  third 
century,  Firmilianus,  bishop  of  Csesarea,  in  Cappa- 
docia, writes  to  Cyprian,  accusing  the  bishop  of  Kome 
of  "  abusing  the  holy  Apostles,  Peter  and  Paul,  who 
in  their  Epistles  have  execrated  heretics,  and  ad- 
monished us  to  avoid  them."  The  mention  of  Peter 
can  only  carry  our  minds  to  this  Epistle.  We  learn 
from  Origen  that  it  was  known  at  this  time  as  a  writ- 
ing about  which  there  were  doubts :  he  knew  of  no 
evidence  against  it,  and  the  doubts  then  entertained 
are  well  balanced  by  Eirmilianus's  distinct  testimony, 
springing  from  that  very  region  to  which  we  might 
especially  look  for  evidence.  This  Epistle  is  not  men- 
tioned by  Tertullian, — a  fact  at  which  we  need  not 
wonder,  since  he  only  quotes  the  first  Epistle  of  Peter, 
although  universally  owned,  once.  Eusebius  tells  us 
that  Clement  of  Alexandria  commented  on  the  Catholic 
Epistles,   both  those  which  were  universally  owned, 


CATHOLIC    EPISTLES.  59 

and  those  whicli  are  opposed  by  some  :  lience,  it  has 
been  reasonably  concluded  that  he  knew  this  Epistle. 
This  writing  certainly  is  utterly  unlike  the  forged 
documents,  in  the  name  of  Peter,  which  were  put 
forth  in  the  second  century  :  it  belongs,  at  least,  to  an 
age  anterior  to  that  of  Firmilianus  and  Origen,  and 
thus  we  approach  the  Apostolic  period.  Now,  Cle- 
ment of  Rome  has  a  passage  which  seems  to  allude  to 
part  of  this  Epistle  :  he  says,  — "  On  account  of  hos- 
pitality and  godhness.  Lot  was  delivered  from  Sodom, 
when  all  the  neighbouring  country  was  condemned 
with  fire  and  brimstone.  The  Lord  made  it  manifest 
that  He  doth  not  forsake  those  who  trust  in  Him ;  but 
those  who  turn  to  other  ways,  He  appoints  to  punish- 
ment and  suffering" — (cap.  xi.).  The  connection  of 
words  and  tliouglits  appears  to  show  that  2  Pet.  ii.  6-9* 
was  in  the  writer's  mind.  In  the  time  after  Eusebius, 
but  little  doubt  was  expressed  as  to  this  Epistle,  although 
the  points  of  difference  in  the  style  were  perceived. 
As  to  this,  let  it  be  observed  that  the  subject  con- 
tinually forms  the  style ;  no  one  would  write  a  hor- 
tatory or  didactic  address  in  the  same  style  as  a  stern 

*  "  Turning  the  cities  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah  into  ashes,  con- 
demned them  with  an  overthrow,  making  them  an  ensample  unto 
those  that  after  should  live  ungodly ;    and  delivered  just  Lot. 

The  Lord  knoweth  how  to  deliver  the  godly  out  of 

temptations,  and  to  reserve  the  unjust  unto  the  day  of  judgment, 
to  be  punished." 


60  HISTORIC    EYIDENCE. 

rebuke.  I  may  add  that  this  Epistle  is  much  more 
like  St.  Peter,  as  preaching  in  the  Acts,  than  is  the 
first. 

It  must  be  observed  that  the  express  testimony  of 
Firmilianus,  coming  as  it  does  from  Cappadocia  itself, 
has  the  utmost  importance  in  connection  with  this 
writing.  If  we  have  no  proof  of  its  having  been  as 
widely  dijQTused  as  other  books  of  the  New  Testament, 
all  we  have  to  ask  is,  whether  we  have  siifficient  testi- 
mony as  to  its  existence  and  authorship.  Internally  it 
claims  to  be  written  by  St.  Peter,  and  this  claim  is 
confirmed  by  the  Christians  of  that  very  region  in 
whose  custody  it  our/ht  to  have  been  found. 


SECOND  AND  THIRD  EPISTLES  OF  JOHN. 

The  second  Epistle  of  John  has  as  much  evidence  as 
so  short  a  writing  would  be  likely  to  possess  :  it  is  ex- 
pressly mentioned  and  cited  by  Irenaius  (1.  iii.c.  16,  §  8), 
whose  links  of  connection  with  that  Apostle  have  been 
already  stated ;  it  is  also  mentioned  and  quoted  by 
Clement  of  Alexandria.  The  third  Epistle  of  John  is 
mentioned  by  Origen,  together  with  the  second,  as 
writings  about  which  judgments  might  perhaps  be 
divided.  Dionysius  of  Alexandria,  however,  in  part 
his  contemporary,  speaks  undoubtingly  of  both. — (In 
Euseb,  ILEA.  vii.  25.) 


THE   APOCALYPSE.  61 

The  Canon  in  Muratori  owns  at  least  one  of  these 
Epistles  :  in  my  opinion,  hotlu  From  the  mode  in 
which  Jerome  speaks  of  these  Epistles,  we  may  conclude 
that  the  doubt  was  not  as  to  their  being  really  sacred 
writings,  but  as  to  which  John  was  the  author, —  John 
the  Apostle,  or  John  the  Presbyter, — a  doubt  which  is 
fully  met  by  Irena^us  and  the  writer  of  the  fragmentary 
canon. 

EPISTLE  OF  JUDE. 

We  find  quite  sufficient  early  testimony  to  the  Epistle 
of  Jude,  for  it  is  mentioned  in  Muratori's  Canon,  by 
Clement  of  Alexandria  {P(Bd.  p.  239),  and  by  Tertullian 
{De  Cultu  Fcem.  i.  3).  We  are  able,  therefore,  at  once 
to  repudiate  the  doubts  expressed  by  some  in  the  begin- 
ning of  the  fourth  century,  because  of  earlier  evidence, 
which  ascribes  this  Epistle  to  Jude,  the  brother  of 
James. 

THE  APOCALYPSE. 

Eusebius  speaks  of  the  book  of  Eevelation  in  a  very 
peculiar  manner — perhaps  a  book  universally  received 
—  perhaps  one  altogether  spurious. 

Not  so,  however,  did  the  second  century  judge. 
Papias,  bishop  of  Hicrapolis,  near  Laodicea,  the  con- 
temporary of  the  Apostle  John,  received  and  used  this 
book. — (Andreas J  in  Apoc.) 


62  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

Justin  Martyr,  before  tlie  middle  of  tKe  second  cen- 
tury, held  liis  contention  witli  Trypho,  the  Jew,  at 
Ephesus,  where  St.  John  had  been  living  thirty  or 
thirty-five  years  before.  He  says  that  the  Revelation 
had  been  given  to  "  John,  one  of  the  twelve  Apostles 
of  Christ."  Irena3us,  so  closely  connected  as  he  had 
been  with  the  immediate  disciples  of  St.  John,  gives  a 
similar  testimony :  he  even  tells  us  token  St.  John  saw 
the  Revelation,  almost,  he  says,  in  his  own  days,  about 
the  end  of  the  reign  of  Domitian — (1.  v.  c.  30,  §  3). 
As  to  the  true  reading  of  a  passage,  he  refers  to  the 
information  which  he  had  received  from  those  who  had 
known  John  face  to  face.  Melito,  bishop  of  Sardis,  in 
the  second  century,  wrote  a  book  on  the  Revelation  of 
John. — {^Euseb.  1.  iv.  26.)  All  this  evidence  is  more 
or  less  connected  with  the  very  region  of  the  seven 
Churches  in  Asia,  to  whom  the  book  was  addressed. 

In  Egypt  we  have  the  testimony  of  Clement  of  Alex- 
andria {Strom,  pp.  207,  667),  and,  after  him,  of  Origen; 
in  North  Africa  we  have  Tertullian  (De  PrcBs.  c.  33), 
and,  at  a  little  later  time,  we  have  (at  Rome,  probably) 
Hippolytus. — (  0pp.  p.  18.)  There  was  thus  the  united 
testimony  of  the  East  and  West. 

Caius,  a  Roman  presbyter  of  the  end  of  the  second 
century,  is  said  (Euseb.  1.  iii.  28)  to  have  rejected  this 
book  :  but  this  could  have  no  weight  against  such  evi- 
dence. Dionysius  of  Alexandria,  in  the  middle  of  the 
third  century,  in  opposing  the  doctrine  of  the  millennial 


THE   APOCALYPSE.  63 

reign  of  Clirist  {Euseh.  1.  vii.  24),  chose  to  ascribe  this 
book  to  John  the  Presbyter,  and  not  to  the  Apostle  : 
but  still  he  elsewhere  uses  it  as  an  authority. — {Euseh. 
1.  vii.  10.)  The  growing  opposition  to  Millenarianism 
led  to  an  acquiescence  in  the  view  which  regarded  this 
book  as  non-apostolic :  hence,  probably,  the  peculiar 
language  employed  by  Eusebius.  Of  course  we  shall 
adhere  to  the  contemporary  evidence,  which  ascribes 
this  book  to  the  beloved  disciple,  instead  of  following 
mere  arbitrary  conjectures. 

Indeed,  it  may  be  observed,  that  there  is  perhaps  no 
book  of  the  New  Testament  for  which  we  have  such 
clear,  ample,  and  numerous  testimonies  in  the  second 
century  as  we  have  in  favour  of  the  Apocalypse.  And 
the  more  closely  the  witnesses  were  themselves  con- 
nected with  the  Apostle  John  (as  was  the  case  with 
Irenaeus),  the  more  full  and  explicit  is  their  testimony. 
That  doubts  should  prevail  in  after  ages,  must  have 
originated  either  in  ignorance  of  the  earlier  testimony, 
or  else  from  some  supposed  intuition  as  to  what  an 
Apostle  ought  to  have  written.  The  objections  raised 
on  the  ground  of  internal  style ^  etc.,  can  weigh  nothing 
against  tlie  actual  evidence.  It  is  in  vain  to  argue, 
ii  priori^  that  St.  John  could  not  have  written  this  book, 
when  we  have  the  evidence  of  several  competent  wit- 
nesses that  lie  (lid  write  it. 


64  HISTOEIC   EVIDENCE. 


RESULTS  OF  EVIDENCE. 

I  have  now  discussed  all  the  books  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment, and  to  this  I  may  add,  that  if  we  were  to  in- 
vestigate other  remains  of  antiquity,  we  could  rarely 
find  one-tenth  part  of  the  evidence  for  works  un- 
doubtedly genuine  ;  and  even  this  evidence  is  often 
only  found  after  intervals  much  greater  than  that  from 
the  Apostolic  age  to  the  end  of  the  second  century. 

Historic  evidence  embraces  a  much  wider  range  than 
that  of  eye-witnesses.  Thus  we  do  not,  in  the  slightest 
deo-ree,  doubt  the  facts  which  Bede  mentions  in  his 
history  as  occurring  a  century  and  a  half,  or  two  cen- 
turies, before  the  time  when  he  wrote.  We  conclude 
that  he  made  due  inquiries  of  those  who  could  inform 
him  of  what  had  taken  place  before  his  time.  A  person 
who  takes  pains  may  learn  much  orally,  on  good  au- 
thority, as  to  past  events.  I  can  well  remember  the 
interest  with  which,  when  a  child,  I  listened  to  accounts 
of  the  Scotch  Kebellion,  in  1745,  under  Prince  Charles 
Edward  Stewart; — and  these  things  were  told  me  not 
on  report,  but  by  an  eye-witness.  Things  thus  learned 
(as  Irenseus  says)  grow  with  us ;  so  that  the  whole  of 
that  rebellion  would  have  been  a  history  in  my  mind, 
even  if  I  had  never  read  a  word  on  the  subject.  This 
is  wholly  different  from  hearsay  report :  and,  observe, 
that  this  period  of  106  years  is  as  great  as  that  between 


RESULTS   OF   EVIDENCE.  65 

the  Apostolic  age  and  tKe  time  when  Origen  had  arrived 
at  man's  estate.  A  very  few  lives  may  continue  testi- 
mony for  a  much  longer  period.  In  the  popedom 
of  Sixtus  V.  (1585-90),  was  born  Giovanni-Battista 
Altieri.  When  very  old  he  became  Pope,  in  1670, 
under  the  name  of  Clement  X:  he  died  in  1676.  Now, 
in  March,  1846,  I  visited  at  Eome  the  convent  of 
Santa  Francesca  Komana ;  the  abbess  of  this  convent 
was  a  princess  of  the  Altieri  family,  then  aged  almost 
100.  This  abbess  had  known  several  in  her  own 
family,  very  aged  of  course  when  she  was  young,  who 
had  been  acquainted  with  their  kinsman,  Pope  Cle- 
ment X.  In  conversing  with  the  old  abbess  of  these 
things,  it  seemed  as  if  I  was  transported  back  two 
centuries  and  more.  Here  were  links  of  connection, 
which  carried  me  back  into  the  reign  of  Queen  Eliza- 
beth. Two  hundred  and  fifty  years  carry  us  from  the 
time  of  St.  Paul  to  that  of  Eusebius, — the  extreme 
interval  over  which  our  inquiries  have  been  extended. 

Has  not,  then,  the  requirement  of  the  rule  of  evi- 
dence laid  down  by  St.  Augustine  been  fully  met  ? 
We  can  show  that  a  successional  series  of  writers,  from 
the  age  immediately  subsequent  to  that  of  the  Apos- 
tles, have  mentioned  or  used  (and  in  general  exten- 
sively) the  books  of  the  New  Testament.  And  if,  with 
regard  to  some,  such  as  the  Epistle  of  James  and  tlie 
second  Epistle  of  Peter,  the  indications  are  less  fre- 


66  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

quent,  we  have  only  to  inquire  wlietlier  tliey  are  not 
sufficient.  As  to  the  books  in  general,  the  evidence  is 
so  cumulative  that  nothing  more  attested  is  presented 
to  our  notice. 

I  have  indicated  the  evidence  on  many  points  with- 
out stating  it  at  length  ;  this  has  only  been,  however, 
the  case  when  the  facts  are  unquestioned,  I  have 
omitted  vast  masses  of  evidence  as  to  many  of  the 
books,  not  because  it  is  not  both  good  and  valuable, 
but  because  a  few  unquestionable  witnesses  sufficed  to 
prove  the  points.  I  have  also  passed  by  many  state- 
ments which  are  often  brought  forward  as  evidence, 
because  of  some  difficulty  or  doubt  which  may  attach 
itself  to  these  testimonies.  An  advocate  may  easily 
invalidate  the  force  of  his  case,  by  adding  weak  or 
doubtful  evidence  to  that  which  is  beyond  exception. 
Cavils  may  be  raised  against  what  is  weak,  which  will 
undermine,  in  the  thoughts  of  others,  that  which  is 
strong.  Harm  has  often  been  done  to  Christian  evi- 
dence by  referring  to  writers  for  that  which  their 
works  do  not  contain,  except  by  doubtful  interpreta- 
tions. 

Here,  then,  we  have  plain  historic  reasons  for  ac- 
cepting the  twenty -seven  books  of  the  New  Testament, 
as  the  genuine  works  of  eight  persons,  Matthew,  Mark, 
Luke,  John,  Paul,  James,  Peter,  and  Judc.  But  will 
this  evidence  apply  to  these  books  alone  ?  I  asked. 
Why  do  we  receive  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  and  reject 


RESULTS   OF   EVIDENCE.  67 

the  Acts  of  Paul  and  Thecla  ?  I  have  answered  the 
former  part  of  the  inquiry  ;  I  will  now  briefly  reply  to 
the  second. — Because  the  Acts  of  Paul  and  Thecla, 
though  written  by  an  Asiatic  presbyter,  who  had 
known  Paul,  was  never  received  by  contemporary 
Christians,  and  those  of  the  age  immediately  subse- 
quent, as  an  authentic  history  :  and  further,  as  we 
learn  from  Tcrtullian  and  Jerome,  the  author  of  the 
book  was  excluded  by  the  Apostle  John  from  his 
office  of  presbyter,  for  having  written  it.* 

And  as  to  other  early  writings,  though  we  may  find, 
occasionally,  one  or  two  who  use  them  and  cite  them, 
yet  this  is  the  rare  exception ;  it  is  as  much  a  matter 
of  individual  opinion,  as  it  is  when  we  now  find  a  Pro- 
testant who  believes  in  the  divine  authority  of  some 
book  of  the  Apocrypha. 

But  if  this  be  the  evidence  in  favour  of  the  New 
Testament  books,  what  is  that  which  can  be  brought 
to  meet  it  ?     Should  we  not  hear  both  sides?     There 


*  This  strange  book,  "  The  Acts  of  Paul  and  Thecla,"  is  one 
of  the  earliest  of  the  apocryphal  writings  of  Christians  (or 
nominal  Christians)  which  has  come  down  to  us.  It  has,  pro- 
bably, been  altered  by  additions  and  omissions,  but  substantially 
it  appears  to  be  the  original  work  of  the  first  century.  It  has 
hitherto  been  known  only  in  the  very  corrupt  text  published  by 
Grabe  :  Prof.  Tischendorf  has  just  edited  it,  for  more  correctly, 
from  three  MSS.  in  the  Bibliotheque  du  lloi  at  Paris,  in  his 
"  Acta  Apostolorum  Apocrypha." 


68  HISTORIC   EVIDENCT2. 

IS  NO  COUNTER  EVIDENCE  WHATSOEVER.      SurmiseS 

and  hinted  doubts  are  all  tliat  can  be  brought  to  meet 
the  united  testimony  of  the  early  Christian  Church, 
scattered  in  many  regions,  yet  testifying  to  the  trans- 
mission of  the  same  books.  But  might  not  this  com- 
mon testimony  be  only  a  tradition  ?  If  tradition  be 
used  in  an  indefinite  sense,  then  I  say,  certainly  not. 
For  this  testimony  goes  back  so  far  as  to  exclude  the 
lapse  of  time  needful  to  give  birth  to  indefinite  tradi- 
tion. And,  besides,  the  tradition  of  something  to  be 
propagated  by  mere  oral  report,  is  wholly  different 
from  the  account  which  is  received  relative  to  a  monu- 
ment inscribed  with  a  record,  or  a  book  which  claims 
(as  do  St.  Paul's  Epistles)  to  be  written  by  any  well- 
known  individual.  The  received  account  then  be- 
comes a  sort  of  public  consent  to  the  recorded  inscrip- 
tion, whatever  it  be. 

Those  who  seek  to  invalidate  evidence  by  means  of 
surmises,  represent  ordinary  minds  as  incapable  of 
nicely  balancing  such  points.  They  say  that  without 
certain  habits  of  study  and  mental  training  we  cannot 
do  this.  But  is  the  allegation  true  ?  Can  it  be  applied 
generally  ?  Certainly  we  so  act  as  if  we  thought  that 
minds  in  general  are  capable  of  appreciating  evidence, 
when  placed  before  them  intelligibly.  We  do  not 
seek  for  profound  scholars,  or  men  of  most  acute  intel- 
lect, as  if  the  facts  in  question  in  judicial  inquiries 
could  only  be  determined  by  such.     And  though  we 


RESULTS   OF   EVIDENCE.  bd 

sometimes  find  a  brainless  juryman,  incapable  of  com- 
prehending evidence,  yet  this  does  not  prevent  our 
considering  that  men  in  general  are  competent  to 
weigh  testimony  to  facts.  Mental  training  and  ex- 
perience of  a  particular  kind  are  certainly  necessary  to 
enable  any  one  so  to  investigate  facts,  and  to  arrange 
the  evidence  on  which  they  rest,  as  to  present  them 
intelligibly  before  others,  but  this  is  so  done  for  the 
very  purpose  of  putting  them  in  possession  of  the  evi- 
dence which  enables  them  to  grasp  the  facts  as  such. 

It  has  been  said  that  the  investigation  of  Christian 
evidences  is  on  the  whole  unsatisfactory,  because  the 
point  to  which  it  is  intended  to  lead  the  inquiry  is 
known  beforehand.  This  objection  is  very  much  in 
accordance  with  the  habit  of  mind  which  loves  a  con- 
siderable degree  of  uncertainty,  and  which  wishes  to 
make  the  first  elements  of  truth  a  mere  field  for  specu- 
lation. 

But  if  this  objection  be  good,  will  it  not  apply  to 
other  subjects  also?  For  instance,  in  mathematical 
studies  we  know  very  well  as  soon  as  a  tlieorcm  is 
enunciated  ivhat  the  point  is  which  the  teacher  intends 
to  prove.  We  are  not  instructed  how  to  demonstrate 
that  the  three  angles  of  a  triangle  are  equal  to  two 
right  angles,  in  order  that  this  should  afterwards  be  in 
our  minds  a  debatable  question,  but  we  learn  the 
demonstration  that  this  may  thenceforth  be  held  as  an 
established  and  unquestionable  fact.     Just  so  is  it  as  to 


70  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE.  | 

the  evidence  for  the  records  of  our  religion.  "We  do 
not  prove  the  genuineness  of  the  New  Testament  books 
on  any  grounds  of  mere  opinion,  so  that  what  seems 
established  to-day  may  be  overturned  to-morrow,  but 
we  demonstrate  it  by  evidence,  which  loses  no  part  of 
its  value  by  lapse  of  time,  any  more  than  time  can 
weaken  the  force  of  a  mathematical  demonstration. 


EVIDENCE  FROM  THE  CHANNELS  OF 
TRANSMISSION. 

If  we  wish  to  find  the  records  of  a  corporate  body, 
we  should  seek  for  them  in  the  custody  of  that  cor- 
poration itself :  if  found  there,  the  records  may  speak 
for  themselves  as  to  the  authority  which  may  attach  to 
them.  And  thus  it  is  with  regard  to  the  Scriptures : 
the  Old  Testament  was  given  to  the  Jews,  and  they 
have  transmitted  it  to  us ;  the  New  Testament  was 
given  to  the  Christian  community,  and  they  have 
delivered  it  on  even  to  our  days;  and  the  early  writers 
of  the  Church  have  given  us  sufficient  attestation  that 
the  books  which  we  have  are  the  same  which  they  had 
from  the  beginning.  Thus  do  we  receive  the  Scrip- 
tures from  what  might  formally  be  considered  the 
proper  custody,  even  if  the  early  specific  evidence  had 
been  less  strong. 

I  was  present,  about  twenty  years  ago,  at  an  invcsti- 


EVIDENCE   FROM   TRANSMISSION.  71 

gatlon,  in  which  a  corporate  body  found  it  needful  to 
produce  the  charter  which  gave  them  a  certain  extent 
of  jurisdiction,  A  document  was  produced  ; — on  ex- 
amination it  was  seen  that  it  was  not  the  original 
charter,  but  it  was  (as  it  professed  to  be)  a  transcript 
which  had  been  made  550  years  before.  This  tran- 
script had  been  admitted  in  the  reign  of  James  XL  as 
secondary  evidence  of  what  the  contents  of  the  original 
charter  had  been.  But  when  the  document  was  read, 
it  showed  that  the  corporation,  who  brought  it  for- 
ward, had  habitually  acted  in  contravention  of  almost 
all  its  provisions.  They  had  enforced  dues  and  tolls 
in  defiance  of  its  limitations.  Its  production  thus  con- 
demned them  so  thoroughly,  that  they  could  never 
again  establish  their  claims  to  these  tolls.  Xo  one,  cer- 
tainly, could,  after  this,  suspect  that  the  document — 
mere  transcript  as  it  was — was  anything  contrived  by 
the  corporation  :  its  genuineness  was  proved  even  by 
the  testimony  which  it  bore  against  those  who  brought 
it  forward. 

Thus  has  it  been  with  regard  to  the  Old  Testament 
and  the  Jews,  and  the  New  Testament  and  the 
Church.  Each  is  a  witness  against  the  collective  body 
which  has  transmitted  it.  In  each  case  we  have  not 
the  original  documents,  but  only  transcripts ;  and  in 
each  the  transmission  is  confirmed  by  the  contents  of 
the  documents.  Just  as  the  production  of  the  charter, 
to  which  I  referred,  condemned  the  corporation  whicli 


72  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

relied  on  it,  so  does  the  Old  Testament  condemn  the 
Jews,  and  the  New  Testament  the  practical  and  doc- 
trinal condition  for  ages  of  the  Chm'ches  that  trans- 
mitted it.  They  affirm  its  divine  authority ;  and  the 
testimony  which  it  bears  against  them  is  such,  that  we 
cannot  suppose  it  possible  that  they  would  assert  this 
on  any  grounds  but  those  of  believing  this  to  be  the 
truth. 

In  bringing  forward  witnesses  to  the  authorship  and 
transmission  of  the  New  Testament  books,  I  confined 
myself  to  the  earlier  centuries  :  if  this  period  gives  us 
satisfactory  evidence,  we  need  only  inquire  further  how 
these  books  have  been  transmitted  from  the  fourth 
century  and  onward. 

And  here  let  me  remark,  that  many  a  document  is 
presented  to  us  without  any  array  of  extrinsic  evi- 
dence. A  MS.  is  found  which  shows  that  the  book 
has  some  antiquity.  The  internal  character  of  the 
book  agrees  with  the  age  of  the  alleged  author,  and 
perhaps  the  whole  scope  shows  that  it  is  an  ancient 
production.  Thus,  a  MS.  written  in  the  middle  ages, 
and  now  preserved  in  the  Bibliotheque  du  Roi  at 
Paris,  has  been  published  this  year  [1851]  at  Oxford  : 
I  know  the  MS.  well;  and  when  M.  Emmanuel  Miller, 
of  Paris,  was  copying  it  for  the  press,  I  examined  with 
him  several  of  the  passages.  Now,  the  work  contained 
in  this  MS.  belongs  undoubtedly  to  the  early  part  of  the 
third  century  of  our  era ;  critics  are  not  agreed  as  to  the 


EYIDEXCE   FROM   TRANSMISSION.  73 

autlior,  but  the  events  to  wliicli  allusion  is  made,  and 
the  heretical  doctrines  attacked,  are  rightly  considered 
to  be  sufficient  evidence  as  to  when  the  author  lived. 
iVnd  so,  too,  many  ancient  records  may  be  brought  to 
light  which  we  feel  that  we  can  confidently  use  as 
historical  data.  Of  what  value,  otherwise,  would  be 
the  Assyrian  records  discovered  of  late  at  Nineveh  ? 
The  circumstances  of  the  discovery  and  transmission 
are  judged  to  be  a  sufficient  warrant  in  this  case,  as 
well  as  in  that  of  the  Arundehan  Marbles,  and  in  other 
instances. 

The  transmission  of  the  New  Testament  books  to 
our  times,  has  been  accompanied  by  circumstances  of 
a  far  more  comfirming  character.  Ancient  books  have 
come  down  to  us  through  MSS.  either  in  the  language 
in  which  they  were  originally  written,  or  in  transla- 
tions, or  in  both.  The  latter  case  is  true  of  the  New 
Testament.  There  now  exist  MSS.  in  the  original 
Greek  of  the  New  Testament  books,  of  every  age, 
from  the  fourth  century  inclusive,  to  the  time  when 
they  were  printed.  This  is  the  fullest  guarantee  to  us 
that  these  are  the  identical  books  to  which  the  chain 
of  witnesses,  that  I  adduced,  bear  testimony.  The 
MSS.,  also,  are  of  importance  in  the  evidence  that 
they  bear  in  favour  of  those  books  which  Eusebiiis 
describes  as  doubted  by  some ;  —  for  we  find  no  MS. 
containing  a  collection  of  Epistles  in  which  those  are 
rejected  which  some  then  controverted.     But  besides 


74  HISTOKIC   EVIDENCE. 

MSS.  we  have  versions  :  —  of  these,  some,  sucli  as  the 
Syriac  and  old  Latin,  were  made  (as  is  ahnost  certain) 
in  the  second  century ;  while  in  or  before  the  fourth  cen- 
tury, there  were  formed  Egyptian  versions  in  the  two 
dialects  of  upper  and  lower  Egypt,  as  well  as  a  Gothic 
translation,  and  a  new  one  into  Latin.  Others,  such 
as  the  -^thiopic  and  Armenian,  were  made  in  a  period 
immediately  subsequent.  Of  the  Gothic  version  we 
possess  but  a  part ;  and  of  the  rest  all,  except  the  old 
Syriac,  are  witnesses  for  all  our  New  Testament  books. 

There  is  not  such  a  mass  of  transmissional  evidence 
in  favour  of  any  classical  work.  The  existing  MSS.  of 
Herodotus  and  Thucydides  are  modern  enough  when 
compared  with  some  of  those  of  the  New  Testament. 

Thus  every  country,  into  the  language  of  which  the 
New  Testament  books  were  translated  in  early  times, 
is  a  witness  to  us  of  their  transmission. 


CLAIMS  OF  ROME. 

But  the  Church  of  Rome  tells  us,  "  You  received 
the  New  Testament  through  our  Church  ;  it  is  only 
through  us  that  you  know  its  genuineness;  you  admit 
our  evidence  as  to  what  is  of  divine  authority,  and 
therefore  you  must  own  that  we  have  the  right  to 
declare  to  you  what  God  teaches  in  the  Scripture." 

These  arc  high-sounding  claims.  But,  before  I 
question  one  single  fact  contained  in  them,  there  is  a 


CLAIMS    OF    KOME.  75 

fallacy  to  be  pointed  out,  wliicli  deprives  the  claim  of 
all  its  force. 

Rome  begs  tbe  question  as  to  a  very  important 
principle.     A  plain  statement  of  the  case  shows  this — 

"  He  who  transmits  an  authoritative  document  pos- 
sesses the  right  to  interpret  it. 

"  Rome  has  transmitted  the  Scripture  to  you. 

*'  Therefore,  Rome  possesses  the  right  to  interpret  it 
to  you." 

It  is  only  by  tacitly  assuming  the  extravagant  pre- 
mise, that  the  Romish  argument  has  a  semblance  of 
force. 

Similarly  we  might  conclude  that  the  corporation, 
to  which  I  referred  just  now,  had  the  right  to  explain 
its  charter  as  it  pleased, — that  the  postman  has  the 
right  of  expounding  to  us  the  letters  which  he  delivers, 
— and  that  the  constable  possesses  the  privilege  of 
explaining  the  meaning  of  the  magistrate's  summons. 

This  principle,  if  true,  would  justify  the  Jews  in 
their  explanations  of  the  Old  Testament ;  so  that  we 
must  receive  as  authoritative  all  that  is  taught  in  their 
traditions — the  Mishnah  and  Gemara — in  spite  of 
what  our  Lord  says  to  them,  "  Full  well  ye  reject  the 
commandment  of  God,  that  ye  may  keep  your  own 
tradition." 

But  further,  it  is  not  true  that  we  receive  the  Scrip- 
tures through  the  Church  of  Rome  alone. 

In  the  witnesses  of  the  first  three  centuries  you  may 


76  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

remember  that  none,  except  Clement  of  Rome,  were 
bishops  of  that  place  ; — so  that  Romanists  can  claim 
not  one  of  these  witnesses,  besides,  as  a  Pope  :  and  as 
to  this  Clement, — the  name  of  Pope  but  ill  befits  him 
when  he  pretends  no  commission  to  write  authorita- 
tively,— he  argues  instead  of  dogmatising ;  and  he 
shows  such  proofs  of  human  infirmity  as  must  be 
rather  mortifying  to  an  upholder  of  papal  claims  :  — 
he  even  in  his  simplicity  (for  a  good  simple  soul  he 
seems  to  have  been)  refers  to  the  story  of  the  phoenix 
as  d^fact  in  natural  history.  Other  witnesses  supply  us 
with  not  a  little  incidental  testimony  against  Romish 
claims. 

But  besides  Rome  as  a  channel,  we  also  receive  the 
Scriptures  through  the  Churches  of  other  lands.  The 
Latin  version  of  the  Scriptures  was  diffused,  long  be- 
fore papal  claims  were  advanced,  through  Italy,  North 
Africa,  Gaul,  the  Spanish  Peninsula,  and  Britain. 
The  Oriental  Churches  have  handed  down  each  its 
own  version  ;  and  for  the  original  Greek  text  we  have 
to  thank  the  Greek  Church. 

Thus,  all  these  have  been  so  many  separate  and  con- 
senting channels  of  transmission.  So  true  is  it,  as 
defined  by  our  reformers,  that  "  The  Church  is  a  wit- 
ness and  keeper  of  holy  Writ." 

Thoroughly  do  I  repudiate  the  idea  of  any  infallible 
Church,  congregation,  or  body  of  men:  I  would  not 
say  that  in  anything  the  Church  could  not  err ;  but  on 


TRANSMISSION    TO   US.  77 

the  plain  grounds  of  testimony,  already  given,  I  do 
state  that,  in  the  transmission  of  the  New  Testament 
books  the  Church  hath  not  erred. 


TRANSMISSION  OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT 

TO  US. 

ENGLISH  VERSIONS. 

To  ourselves,  in  this  country,  the  Scriptures  have 
come  through  the  medium  of  translations.  The  ancient 
British  Church  appears,  in  common  with  all  the  West, 
to  have  used  the  Latin  version,  which  was  then 
thoroughly  understood  wherever  there  was  found  any 
mental  culture.  But  we  early  find  proofs  of  vernacular 
translations. 

"  In  Saxon  days,  which  we  were  wont  to  call 
Ancient " 

no  restriction  on  such  versions  was  as  yet  known. — 
Pope  Gregory  the  Great,  who  sent  Augustine  the 
monk  to  preach  to  the  Saxons,  was  an  encourager  of 
the  reading  of  Scripture.  One  of  the  books  which  he 
transmitted,  in  the  year  596  to  Augustine,  is  a  Psalter 
yet  in  existence  :  this  has,  by  a  more  recent  hand, 
been  interlined  with  an  Anglo-Saxon  version  of  each 
Latin  word.  And  this  was  the  manner  in  which 
several  of  the  translations  into  that   language  were 


78  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

formed.  The  Latin  was  the  basis ;  although,  by  the 
appointment  of  Theodore  of  Tarsus  to  the  archbishop- 
ric of  Canterbury,  and  by  the  Greek  books  which  he 
brought  with  him  from  Cilicia,  some  knowledge  of 
Greek  had  diffused  itself  among  us  even  in  the  seventh 
century. 

But  it  is  to  the  Reformation,  in  its  dawning  and  its 
more  extensive  spread,  that  we  must  look,  for  the  chan- 
nels which  have  brought  the  Scriptures  to  our  homes 
and  hearths.  For  this  service  we  are  especially  in- 
debted to  three  men,  John  Wycliffe,  William  Tyndale, 
and  Miles  Goverdale — three  men  whose  memory  every 
Christian  heart  amongst  us  ought  to  esteem  very  highly 
in  love  for  their  works'  sake.  Even  if  English  ver- 
sions of  Scripture  previously  existed,  it  was  John 
Wycliffe,  sometime  Master  of  Baliol  College,  Oxford, 
who  first  set  forth  the  holy  Scripture  for  the  instruc- 
tion of  the  people  in  the  truth  of  God.  To  this  end 
he  toiled  with  a  body  enfeebled  by  palsy,  but  sustained 
by  the  grace  of  Christ. 

"  Of  the  book  that  had  been  a  sealed-up  book, 
He  tore  the  clasps,  that  the  nation, 
AVith  eyes  unbandaged  might  thereon  look. 
And  learn  to  read  salvation. 

To  the  death  'twas  thine  to  persevere, 
Though  the  tempest  around  thee  rattled, 

And  wherever  Falsehood  was  lurking,  there 
Thy  heroic  spirit  Ijattled. 


TRANSMISSION    TO    US.  79 

And  though  thy  bones  from  the  grave  were  torn, 

Long  after  thy  life  was  ended, 
The  sound  of  thy  words,  to  times  unborn. 

Like  a  trumpet-call,  descended. 

A  light  was  struck — a  light  which  showed 

How  hideous  were  Error's  features, 
And  how  perverted  the  law,  bestowed 

By  heaven  to  guide  its  creatures. 

At  first  for  that  spark,  amidst  the  dark, 

The  friar  his  fear  dissembled  ; 
But  soon  at  the  fame  of  Wycliffe's  name 

The  throne  of  St.  Peter  trembled." 

David  M.  Mom.  (A.) 

Wycliffe's  career  might  have  been  stopped  by  domi- 
nant Church  influence,  had  not  the  Papacy  sought  to 
strengthen  itself  in  England  by  taking  Oxford  into  its 
own  hands,  and  separating  that  University  from  the 
control  of  the  bishop  of  Lincoln  (in  whose  diocese  it 
then  was),  and  from  the  metropolitan  jurisdiction  of 
the  archbishop  of  the  province.  At  this  very  time 
occurred  the  schism  of  the  Papacy,  and  thus  the  two 
Popes — one  at  Rome,  and  the  other  at  Avignon — 
were  more  occupied  in  opposing  each  other,  than  in 
destroying  an  English  heretic. 

Widely  was  WyclifFe's  version  of  the  Scriptures  cir- 
culated. Many  of  the  noble  copies  of  this  translation, 
which  still  exist,  were  probably  written  for  tlie  families 
of  distinction  (whose  number  was  not  inconsiderable) 


80  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

who  valued  tlie  possession  of  the  word  of  God  in  their 
own  tongue.  The  most  interesting  copies,  however,  are 
those  of  a  very  small  size,  containing  each,  perhaps, 
one  or  two  New  Testament  books,  which  were  eagerly 
obtained  by  the  poor  who  could  purchase  no  more. 

The  spread  of  light  troubled  those  who  upheld 
darkness.  Strenuous  efforts  were  made  to  suppress 
the  Scriptures  in  English,  and  thus  to  keep  down  the 
Eeformation  in  England,  by  the  same  policy  as  once 
had  been  used  by  Diocletian. 

In  1408  archbishop  Arundel  issued  his  famous  con- 
stitution, condemnatory  of  all  who  should  possess  the 
Scriptures  in  English,  in  a  translation  made  in  or  since 
the  days  of  John  Wycliffe.  Tliis  same  archbishop 
was  the  first  papal  persecutor  in  our  land,  who  took 
the  lives  of  the  servants  of  Christ.  From  the  time  of 
this  constitution  many  suffered  simply  for  the  posses- 
sion of  a  book  of  Scripture  :  they  were  burned  with 
the  Scripture  tied  to  their  necks.  What  a  testimony 
for  them  and  against  their  oppressors  ! 

Others  were  punished  in  various  ways.  In  the 
town  of  Burford,  in  Oxfordshire,  there  stands  a  market 
cross,  memorable  in  the  days  of  the  Lollards.  By  that 
cross  not  a  few  were  placed  one  by  one,  and  after  their 
necks  had  been  bound  by  a  napkin  to  the  stone  shaft, 
they  were  branded  on  the  cheek  with  a  hot  iron. 
This  was  often  done  in  the  latter  days  of  Lollardism, 
just  l^cfore  the  Keformation  was  about  to  shine  forth. 


TRANSMISSION   TO   US.  81 

And  tills  was  for  no  crime  save  the  possession  of  Scrip- 
ture. I  have  stood  by  that  cross  and  meditated  on 
these  things.     It  tells,  indeed, 

*'  A  tale  what  England  once  hath  borne,  what  England  yet 
might  bear." 

But  the  providence  of  God  was  designing  a  wider 
diffusion  of  the  Scriptures  in  our  land.  William 
Tyndale  (whom  old  Foxe  terms  "  the  Apostle  of 
England  in  these  our  later  times")  gave  forth  the 
New  Testament,  in  prints  and  that  not  rendered  from 
the  Latin,  but  from  the  original  Greek. 

The  invention  of  printing,  and  the  spread  of  Greek 
learning,  effected  many  changes.  Erasmus  sojourned 
at  Cambridge,  and  taught  Greek,  while  Tyndale  had 
removed  thither  from  Magdalene  Hall,  Oxford.  A 
few  years  later,  a  greater  service  was  rendered  by 
Erasmus,  when  in  1516  he  gave  forth,  at  Basle,  the 
first  edition  of  the  Greek  New  Testament  that  ever 
was  published  in  print.  Much  as  we  may  lament  the 
many  weaknesses  of  Erasmus,  let  us  be  thankful  for 
his  great  services!  A  year  or  two  after,  this  Greek 
Testament  found  its  way  to  Cambridge,  and  it  was 
there  studied  to  some  purpose ;  so  that  while  the 
Keformation  in  Germany  was  progressing,  there  was 
an  opposition  to  Romanism  aroused  at  Cambridge 
through  the  study  of  Scripture.  This  extended  itself 
there  so  much,  that  it  was  said  that  every  one  of 
Gonville  Hall  (now  better  known  as  Caius  College) 


82  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

"  smelt  of  the  gridiron";  tliat  is,  as  if  lie  ouglit  to  be 
burned  as  a  heretic.  William  Tyndale  left  England, 
and  soon  sent  to  his  native  land  his  translated  New 
Testament.  The  Komish  authorities  sought  to  exclude 
the  light  by  collecting  and  burning  all  the  copies ;  — 
and  they  seemed  to  have  been  almost  successful.  God, 
ho\jrever,  had  other  purposes.  Tyndale  went  on  with 
his  work  of  translation  ; — but  before  much  of  the  Old 
Testament  had  been  printed,  he  was  seized,  and  con- 
demned to  lay  down  his  life  as  a  martyr  for  Christ. 

Miles  Coverdale  (bishop  of  Exeter,  in  the  reign  of 
Edward  VI.)  took  up  the  work  in  good  earnest.  He 
tells  us  that  he  was  urged  on  to  it  at  Tyndale's  arrest 
in  the  latter  part  of  1534  :*   and  laboriously  must  he 

*  Coverdale  says  two  things  ;  —  1st  (in  1535),  that  he  took  up 
the  work  on  Tyndale's  arrest  (November  1534); — and,  2nd  (in 
the  preface  to  his  reprinted  Bible,  1550),  that  he  began  his  trans- 
lation, "anno  1534."  Some  modern  writers,  who  profess  to 
know  a  great  deal  about  the  history  of  the  English  Bible,  have 
had  the  temerity  to  say  that  those  who  assert  this  are  guilty  of 
gross  extravagance.  It  would  be  well  if  such  writers  would 
acquaint  themselves  with  Coverdale  s  own  statements.  Some 
choose  to  decry  Coverdale's  version  as  much  as  possible,  affirm- 
ing that  he  did  not  translate  the  Old  Testament  from  the 
Hebrew  :  it  is  certain  that  he  used  all  critical  aids  in  his  power, 
and  that  he  worked  with  intense  speed  ;  but  if  those  who  decry 
his  version  were  better  acquainted  ivith  it.,  they  would  learn  that 
it  is  based  on  the  Hebrew,  and  that  even  the  Hebrew  edition 
which  he  used  can  be  pointed  out. 


ROME   AS   A   KEEPER   OF    HOLY   WRIT.  83 

have  toiled — for,  on  tlie  4th  of  October,  1535,  the  trans- 
lated and  printed  volume  of  the  entire  holy  Scripture 
was  completed.  There  were  yet  many  storms  before 
England  had  the  unhindered  use  of  the  word  of  God ; 
but  from  the  day  of  the  accession  of  Queen  Elizabeth, 
November  17,  1558,  there  has  not  been,  in  this  land, 
any  restriction  on  the  use  of  holy  Scripture  in  our 
tongue.  Well  might  the  17th  of  November  be  kept, 
as  long  it  was,  as  a  kind  of  national  holyday ! 


ROME  AS  A  KEEPER  OF  HOLY  WRIT. 

Our  reformers,  as  I  have  already  remarked,  stated 
the  Church  to  be  a  keeper  of  holy  Writ.  The  Church 
of  Rome  has  shown  herself  to  be  so  in  a  peculiar 
sense.  She  has  made  herself  such  a  keeper^  as  if  the 
Scripture  had  been  a  criminal,  or  a  dangerous  lunatic. 
She  has  kept  it  away  from  the  people. 

I  referred  just  now  to  MSS.,  as  the  principal  channels 
through  which  Scripture  has  come  down  to  us.  Of 
the  ]\ISS.,  the  most  ancient  and  important  is  one  pre- 
served in  Rome,  in  the  Vatican  library.  The  value  of 
ancient  MSS.  is  great ;  for  it  is  by  comparing  them 
that  we  are  able  to  correct  the  text,  so  as  to  make  it 
the  more  exactly  represent  the  work  as  originally 
written.  I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  the  common  text 
is  not  tolerably  accurate,  but  still  the  more  precious  a 
work  is,  the  more  ought  we  to  desire  to  possess  its  read- 


84  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

ings  as  correctly  as  possible.  To  collate  tliis  Vatican 
MS.  was  the  object  wliicb  led  me  to  Kome  six  years 
ago.  I  took  with  me  such  introductions  as  seemed 
most  fitting  to  accomplish  the  end  I  had  in  view  :  — 
but  no  ! — no  facility  could  be  afforded  for  anything  that 
aided  to  edit  the  text  of  Scripture ;  and  I  could  only 
meet  with  promises  and  delays, — promises  which  came 
to  nothing,  and  delays  of  a  most  wearying  kind. 
Cardinal  Lambruschini,  then  at  the  head  of  affairs,  and 
holding  the  office  of  "  Apostolic  Librarian,"  as  well  as 
that  of  Secretary  of  State,  gave  me  permission  to  col- 
late the  IMS. ;  and  yet  difficulties  were  thrown  in  my 
way  at  the  library  :  —  Monsignor  Laureani,  the  prima 
custode,  acted  on  the  secret  orders  that  he  had  received, 
and  took  no  notice  of  the  apparent  permission  that  had 
been  given.  I  obtained  an  interview  with  the  late 
Pope  (not,  however,  senselessly  kissing  the  embroidered 
cross  on  his  slipper),  and  he,  in  word,  graciously  gave 
me  permission  ;  but  he  referred  me  to  Mgr.  Laureani, 
who  was  already  my  hindrance.  And  thus,  after  five 
months  of  weary  waiting,  I  left  Rome  without  accom- 
pHshing  my  object.  It  is  true  that  I  often  saio  the  MS., 
but  they  would  not  allow  mc  to  use  it ;  and  they  would 
not  let  me  open  it  without  searching  my  pockets,  and 
depriving  me  of  pen,  ink,  and  paper  ;  and  at  the  same 
time  two  prclati  kept  me  in  constant  conversation  in 
Latin,  and  if  I  looked  at  a  passage  too  long,  they  would 
snatch  the  book  out  of  my  hand.     So  foolishly  and 


ROME  AS  A  KEEPER  OF  HOLY  WRIT.     85 

meaninglessly  did  the  papal  authorities  seek  to  keep 
this  precious  MS.  to  themselves. 

All  the  circumstances  of  the  transmission  of  Scripture 
to  us  in  our  tongue^  show  how  Eome  has  kept  it  hack 
from  us  as  much  as  possible  ;  and  this  is  what  she  still 
does  in  countries  where  she  has  sway,  and  this  she 
would  do  here  if  she  could. 

By  the  system  of  the  confessional,  the  priests  of 
Eome  find  out  who  possess  the  Scriptures  in  their  own 
tongue,  and  these  are  made  to  endure  persecutions  like 
to  those  of  Diocletian.  That  Rome  continues  her  hos- 
tility to  Scripture,  witness  the  persecutions  now  carry- 
ing on  in  Tuscany — where  every  family  tie  is  broken 
to  obtain  accusations  ;  —  witness  the  encyclical  letter  of 
the  present  Pope,  and  the  public  burning  of  Bibles  in 
the  square  of  the  capitol  under  his  predecessor.  But 
why  need  I  turn  to  things  in  distant  lands,  when  the 
spirit  of  Rome  showed  itself  in  this  very  town,  and  in 
this  very  year,  by  the  endeavour  which  the  popish 
priesthood  made  to  prevent  Christian  ladies  from  read- 
ing the  English  Bible  to  emigrants  ?  And  on  what 
ground  could  they  object  to  this  ?  Why,  forsooth, 
because  there  might  be  Romanists  present,  and  we  must 
respect  their  consciences.  As  well  might  we  be  for- 
bidden to  preach  the  Gospel  of  Christ  in  our  churches 
and  chapels,  because  it  scandalises  Romish  consciences : 
— no  Romanist  is  present  except  from  free  choice,  and 
that  is  enough. 


86  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

But  why  do  not  the  Eomanists  respect  our  consci- 
ences ?  They  are  unrestricted  here  as  to  their  worship, 
— why  do  they  impose  restrictions  on  us  when  abroad? 
They  seem  to  think  it  a  wondrous  stretch  of  liberality 
that  they  allow  an  English  church  outside  the  walls  of 
Rome.  But  this,  after  all,  is  only  a  kind  of  loft  of  no 
very  desirable  description  ;  and  the  contempt  implied 
in  its  being  outside  the  walls  is  not  little.  But  do  they 
interfere  with  what  is  done  there  ?  Do  they  respect 
conscience  ?  About  seven  years  ago,  Dean  Murray, 
of  Ardagh  in  Ireland  (who  was  known  in  this  town  to 
many  eleven  years  ago),  was  at  Rome  :  he  preached  in 
the  English  church,  but  in  the  third  sermon  he  used 
the  word  "  tran substantiation  "  ;  that  was  enough, — 
notice  was  sent  that  if  Dean  Murray  preached  there 
again,  the  place  would  be  closed  by  the  authorities. 
This  was  the  account  which  Roman  Catholics  gave 
me  of  the  affair.  So  much  for  respect  paid  to  con- 
science. 

And  yet  at  Rome  they  endeavour  to  mystify  the  sub- 
ject, as  though  it  were  not  true  that  the  ecclesiastical 
authorities  wish  to  keep  minds  in  ignorance.  They 
tell  strangers  that  their  Sunday  schools  are  so  admirably 
attended,  that  there  is  no  European  capital  in  which 
such  a  proportion  of  the  young  receive  primary  instruc- 
tion ;  and  they  point  to  large  placards  on  the  walls, 
announcing  the  Scriptures  in  Italian  for  sale.  All  this 
seems  very  plausible,  and  many  are  deceived  by  it. 


ROME  AS  A  KEEPER  OF  HOLY  WRIT.    87 

But  let  us  look  a  little  below  tlie  surface.  You  may 
go  into  one  of  these  parish  schools  on  a  Sunday  after- 
noon ;  you  find  a  large  number  of  children  congregated 
in  a  side  chapel,  and  you  see  a  priest  pacing  up  and 
down,  to  listen  if  all  goes  on  properly.  Some  inquirers 
are  content  with  this,  and  they  go  away  reporting  that 
they  heard  the  children  diligently  occupied  with  their 
lessons,  under  the  active  and  vigilant  superintendence 
of  a  priest  devoted  to  his  work.  But  this  investigation 
is  not  enough  :  you  must  enter  the  chapel  itself  (I  have 
often  done  this),  and  there  you  see  no  books  or  lessons 
whatever.  You  see  a  sharp-looking  girl,  with  a  shrill 
voice  and  commanding  manner,  who  acts  as  a  sort  of 
monitress,  and  after  her  the  younger  children  repeat  a 
great  deal  by  rote.  In  short,  the  "  primary  instruc- 
tion," of  which  so  much  is  said,  does  not  include 
learning  to  read.  Then  what  does  it  include  ?  is  what 
you  may  well  ask.  /  never  found  them  occupied 
with  anything  but  Litanies  addressed  to  the  Virgin 
Mary. 

But  still,  if  the  Scriptures  in  Italian  are  publicly 
announced  for  sale  at  Rome,*  is  it  not  a  calumny  to 
say  that  they  withhold  the  Bible  from  the  people  ? 

*  The  Roman  Catholic  bishop,  Milner,  tells  us:  "Vulgar 
translations  of  the  whole  Scripture  are  upon  sale,  and  open  to 
every  one,  in  Italy  itself,  with  the  express  approbation  of  the 
Roman  Pontiff." — {End  of  Religious  Controversy^  Letter  xlvii. 
p.  342,  5th  ecL  1824.) 


88  HISTOEIC    EVIDENCE. 

English  visitors  often  asked  me  tliis.  Have  you  read 
tlie  placards  through  ?  was  my  reply.  Now,  tliey  begin 
with  setting  forth  the  importance  of  the  edition  of  the 
Italian  Bible  ;  then  they  say  that  this  translation  is  that 
of  Mgr.  Martini,  archbishop  of  Florence,  in  which  every- 
thing is  rendered  in  entire  conformity  with  the  doc- 
trines of  Holy  Church,  as  defined  by  the  Council  of 
Trent.  (The  mode  in  which  this  is  done  in  Martini's 
translation  is  by  altering  a  text  here  and  there,  so  that, 
without  making  a  general  change,  there  is  authority 
inserted  for  every  one  of  the  peculiar  dogmas  of  Kome.*) 
The  placard  continues  to  say,  that  all  is  explained  by 
notes  taken  from  approved  Catholic  writers.  And  yet 
one  might  say,  in  spite  of  all  this,  a  great  deal  of  Scrip- 
ture is  opened  to  the  eyes  of  the  Eoman  people.  It 
may  seem  so ;  but,  however,  the  notice  continues  to 
inform  us,  that  all  discreet  Catholics  may  purchase  who 
have  the  permission  of  their  confessors,  and  who  will 
read  under  their  direction  :  this  of  course  would  make 
the  permission  nugatory,  and  so  also  would  the  j^nce, — 

*  This  is  the  common  plan  in  all  the  Romish  versions  :  they 
are  such  that  Protestants  cannot  circulate  them  as  being  the  pure 
word  of  God.  The  passages  which  speak  of  ih&  finished  sacrifice 
of  Christ  receive  a  colouring  wholly  different.  Thus,  in  the 
Roman  Catholic  English  version  we  find,  in  Heb.  x.  12,  "  But 
this  man  offering  one  sacrifice  for  sins,  for  ever  sitteth  on  the 
right  hand  of  God  : "  and  in  ch.  i.  3,  "  making  purgation  of  sins, 
sitteth,"  etc.     What  perversions ! 


KOME   AS   A   WITNESS    OF    HOLY   WRIT.  89 

for  that  is  about  twenty  Koman  crowns,  or  more  than 
four  guineas :  this  alone  is  a  mockery  when  addressed 
to  a  population  in  abject  poverty.  I  never  saw  a  copy 
of  this  edition  of  the  Bible  ;  for  although  they  did  not 
ask  an  Englishman  for  the  written  permission  of  a 
confessor,  yet  they  refused  to  produce  a  copy  unless  I 
promised  to  purchase.  * 

ROME  AS  A  WITNESS  OF  HOLY  WRIT. 

Thus  is  Rome  a  keeper  of  holy  Writ,  in  the  sense 
of  keeping  it  hack  from  the  eyes  of  men.  But  I  say 
further,  that  as  a  witness  of  holy  Writ  she  has  become 
a  false  witness.  She  allows  things  to  go  forth  in  which 
Scripture  words  are  perverted  to  false  uses.  For  in- 
stance, in  the  church  of  Sta.  Maria  Maggiore,  at  Flo- 
rences^ I  saw  over  the  altar  of  St.  Joseph  the  text 
"  Ite  ad  Josephum,  Gen.  xli.  56''  "  Go  unto  Joseph  /" 
thus  applying  the  words  of  Pharaoh  to  the  Egyptians 
to  the  honours  which  they  pay  to  Joseph,  the  husband 
of  Mary,  whom  they  style  the  patron  of  the  dying, 
possessed  (they  affirm)  of  the  singular  privilege,  that 

*  It  was  in  the  winter  of  1845-6  that  I  made  diligent  in- 
quiries for  a  copy  of  this  version  of  the  Bible  in  Italian,  so  osten- 
tatiously advertised  at  Rome.  I  cannot  find,  however,  that  in 
the  following  year  even  the  placards  were  exhibited  at  all. 

f  This  is  a  small  church  in  the  Via  de'  Cerretani,  bearing 
the  same  name  as  the  well-known  Basilica  on  the  Esquiline  at 
Rome. 


90  HISTORIC    EVIDENCE. 

no  one  who  is  devoted  to  liim  shall  fail  of  having  a 
happy  death.  This  awfiil  perversion  of  Scripture  is 
not  confined  to  Italy,  for  I  saw  in  London,  a  few 
months  ago,  in  a  Roman  Catholic  book-shop,  a  picture 
of  St.  Joseph,  with  a  statement  of  the  powers  with 
which  they  invest  him,  and  below  this  same  text  in 
French,  '*  Allez  a  Jose-pUr 

At  Rome,  near  the  Vatican,  stands  the  church  of 
"  our  Lady,  the  mother  of  grace."  In  the  porch  is  this 
inscription,  *'  Let  us  come  boldly  unto  the  throne  of 
Mary,  that  we  may  obtain  mercy."  I  asked,  "  How 
dare  you  thus  alter  and  pervert  the  Scripture  ? " 
"  Oh  ! "  the  answer  was,  "  this  is  no  perversion  ;  it  is 
only  putting  our  Lady's  name  instead  of  the  word  that 
describes  her :  our  Lord  said  to  our  Lady,  No  grace 
shall  flow  forth  to  any  one  except  through  thee^ 

These  are  but  specimens  of  the  perverted  use  which 
Rome  makes  of  fragments  of  Scripture  to  support  her 
delusions  ;  and  how  are  the  people,  without  Bibles,  to 
detect  the  imposture  ? 

A  maid-servant  at  Rome  said  to  an  English  lady, 
who  told  her  of  the  falsehood  and  folly  of  some  legend 
about  the  Virgin  Mary,  "  But  what  can  we  do  ?  we 
must  beheve  what  we  are  told,  or  else  believe  nothing. 
We  are  not  allowed  to  have  books  that  would  teach  us." 
Indeed,  the  Bible  is  to  many  of  them  a  mysterious 
book.  An  Enghsh  lady,  travelling  in  Tuscany,  after 
reading  her  Bible,  gave  it  to  the  chambermaid  to  pack 


ROME   AS   A   WITNESS   OF   HOLY   WRIT.  91 

up  with  her  other  things.  The  young  woman  asked 
what  book  it  was;  "  La  parola  di  Dio,"  was  the  answer. 
This  drew  forth  an  expression  of  astonishment,  "  La 
parola  di  Dio  !  e  che  dice  ?  "  Happily  for  us,  we  have 
no  occasion  to  ask,  What  does  the  word  of  God  say  ?  we 
have  to  seek  teachable  spirits,  that  we  may  listen  to  its 
instruction. 

Where  Scripture  is  thus  withheld,  what  a  state  of 
uncertainty  must  rest  on  every  mind  as  to  what  God 
has  taught,  and  what  He  has  not !  I  may  illustrate 
this: — I  was  once  on  a  jury,  when  the  counsel  for 
one  of  the  parties,  with  a  most  unaccountable  mis- 
apprehension, told  us  that  it  was  a  very  plain  case,  for 
the  words  of  a  certain  Act  of  Parliament  were,  "  It  shall 
be  lawful":  the  judge  quietly  corrected  the  statement, 
which  only  led  to  the  counsel  twice  repeating  the  as- 
sertion. The  judge  handed  us  the  Act  of  Parliament, 
saying,  "Gentlemen,  this  is  a  question  q>{ fact^  and 
therefore  wholly  within  your  province ;  you  can  see 
whether  the  word  not  is  in  the  sentence."  We  read 
the  clause,  "  It  shall  not  be  lawful,"  and  thus  saw 
that  the  counsel  (from  whatever  cause)  was  misleading 
us.  Had  we  not  been  able  to  refer  to  the  Act,  I  am 
sure  that  some  of  the  jury  would  have  credited  the 
strenuous  assertions  of  the  counsel  more  than  the  cor- 
rection of  the  judge.  This  would  be  our  condition,  had 
we  not  the  Scripture  open  before  us :  how  could  we  know 
whom  we  ought  to  believe  as  to  the  truth  of  God  ? 


92  HISTORIC   EVIDENCE. 

USES  OF  SUCH  INVESTIGATION. 

It  might  seem  to  some,  as  if  an  investigation  of  the 
historic  evidence  of  the  authorship  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment would  be  of  but  little  value  in  aiding  our  spiritual 
intelhgence  of  its  contents.  This  is  not  its  direct  object. 
We  may  be  well  satisfied  with  the  proportions  and 
aptitude  of  an  edifice,  without  having  thought  much 
on  the  subject  of  its  foundations.  But  if  any  question 
were  raised  as  to  its  stability,  we  should  then  wish  to 
be  satisfied  as  to  its  foundations ;  though  such  an  in- 
quiry would  not  make  it  more  commodious  than 
before. 

But  such  investigations  have  a  yet  further  use  :  they 
serve  to  connect  the  practical  application  of  Scripture, 
in  all  its  force,  with  the  manner  in  which  it  was  first 
given  forth.  A  partially-instructed  eye  may  gaze  on 
the  starry  heavens,  and  may  learn  something  of  the 
motions  of  the  planets  ;  but  when  he  sees  an  astronomer 
in  his  study  busily  engaged  with  mathematical  demon- 
strations, he  may  ask  what  connection  geometrical 
elements  and  algebraic  formulae  can  have  with  the 
heavenly  orbs  above  us.  And  yet  every  instructed 
mind  must  know,  that  it  is  by  mathematical  science 
alone  that  we  possess  that  exactitude  of  astronomical 
knowledge  which  can  enable  any  one  to  calculate  the 
orbit  of  even  the  most  distant  of  the  planets.  It  was 
thus  that   the   existence   of  the   newly-found   planet 


USES   OF    SUCH   INVESTIGATION.  93 

Neptune  was  traced  :  mathematical  science  showed  that 
there  must  be  a  body  affecting  the  course  in  which  the 
planet  Herschell  would  otherwise  have  moved.  Thus 
there  was  a  close  and  intimate  connection  between  the 
early  mathematical  studies  of  John  Adams  (studies 
which  connected  him  with  this  neighbourhood,  and, 
as  to  his  instructor,  with  this  place),  and  the  greatest 
astronomical  discovery  of  this  century.  He  informed 
me,  in  speaking  of  his  education,  that  even  then  it  was 
its  application  to  astronomy  that  gave  him  the  interest 
which  he  felt  in  mathematics.  Whatever  is  learned 
fundamentally,  admits  of  wide  and  extensive  appli- 
cation. 

This  historic  investigation  is  equally  opposed  to 
Eome  and  Rationalism. 

To  the  claims  of  Rome,  we  may  say,  we  possess  the 
word  of  God,  given  forth  by  the  inspiration  of  the 
Holy  Ghost  (as  she  owns),  which  has  been  transmitted 
to  us  from  the  days  of  the  Apostles  ;  and  this  Scrip- 
ture, instead  of  leading  us  to  blind  and  superstitious 
belief  in  whatever  Church  authorities  present,  instructs 
us  in  the  grounds  of  our  salvation  through  faith  in  the 
blood  of  Christ.  It  is  remarkable  how,  in  conducting 
this  inquiry,  every  point  of  evidence  supplied  fresh 
testimony  against  Rome.  To  that  unhajyj)!/  Church 
one  may,  indeed,  apply  in  another  sense  the  words  of 
Tertullian,  "  Let  us  see  what  it  learned, — what  it 
teaches";   it  was  taught  that  "  whatsoever  things  were 


94  HISTOKIC    EVIDENCE. 

written  aforetime,  were^  written  for  our  learning,  tliat 
we  through  patience  and  comfort  of  the  Scriptures 
might  have  hope" — (Kom.  xv.  4).  And  again,  it  was 
told  of  the  revelation  of  the  mystery  now  "  made 
manifest,  and  by  the  Scriptures  of  the  prophets,  accord- 
ing to  the  commandment  of  the  everlasting  God,  made 
known  to  all  nations  for  the  obedience  of  faith" — 
(xvi.  26).  Alas !  instead  of  teaching  this,  Rome  with- 
holds the  word  of  God,  and  persecutes  those  who 
read  it.  She  forbids  that  "hope"  which  arises  from 
the  comfort  of  the  Scriptures. 

Definite  grounds  of  testimony  are  equally  opposed 
to  the  growing  evil  of  rationalism  under  its  various 
forms.  Some  seek  to  meet  this  evil  by  the  claims  of 
Church  authority: — let  them  rather  be  met  by  the 
authority  of  God  in  his  word.  Whatever  would  cast 
doubt  or  uncertainty  upon  Scripture,  is  answered  by 
the  distinct  evidence  which  carries  us  back  to  the  age 
of  the  Apostles.  We  may  thus  hold  forth  the  New 
Testament,  maintaining  its  claims,  and  denying  that 
there  are  any  grounds,  in  fact,  for  representing  its 
origin  as  involved  in  any  uncertainty  at  all.  And 
when  a  rejection  of  the  claims  of  Scripture  is  repre- 
sented as  an  indication  of  mental  superiority,  we  need 
not  be  surprised — for  the  New  Testament  has  told  us 
that  "  there  shall  come  in  the  last  days  scoffers,  walk- 
ing after  thch-  own  lusts,  and  saying,  AVhcrc  is  the 
promise  of  his  coming  ?  for  since  the  fathers  fell  asleep, 


USES   OF    SUCH   INVESTIGATION.  95 

all  things  continue  as  they  were  from  the  beginning  of 
the  creation.  For  this  they  willingly  are  ignorant  of, 
that  by  the  word  of  God  the  heavens  were  of  old," 
etc.  It  is  this  willing  ignorance  that  leads  minds 
astray,  and  of  this  we  have  been  forewarned  :  "  See- 
ing ye  know  these  things  before,  beware  lest  ye  also, 
being  led  away  with  the  error  of  the  wicked,  fall  from 
your  own  steadfastness."  The  Scripture  has  thus,  here, 
and  in  other  places,  as  in  the  2nd  Epistle  to  Timothy, 
and  in  that  of  Jude,  warned  us  fuUy  of  the  increasing 
evil  of  the  last  days, — a  solemn  truth,  which  ought  to 
put  us  on  our  guard  against  those  rationalistic  thoughts 
which  exalt  man,  and  depreciate  or  cast  doubt  upon 
the  Scripture  of  God. 

In  conclusion,  let  me  ask  you  not  to  be  surprised  if 
difficulties,  as  to  portions  of  Scripture,  are  brought 
before  you,  such  as  you  may  not  be  prepared  to 
answer.  No  difficulty  connected  with  a  proved  fact 
can  invalidate  the  fact  itself.  Objectors  are  pertina- 
cious in  repeating  the  same  cavils.  Well  did  Bishop 
Home  say,  "  Pertness  and  ignorance  may  ask  a  ques- 
tion in  three  lines,  which  it  will  cost  learning  and  in- 
genuity thirty  pages  to  answer ;  and  when  this  is 
done,  the  same  question  shall  be  triumphantly  asked 
again  the  next  year,  as  if  nothing  had  ever  been  writ- 
ten on  the  subject."  God  has  unfolded  before  you  two 
books, — the  book  of  Creation  and  the  book  of  Revela- 


96  HISTOEIC   EVIDENCE. 

tion.  In  creation  you  see  testimony  to  the  Creator,  so 
that  those  who  learn  not  his  eternal  power  and  God- 
head, as  witnessed  by  the  things  that  are  made,  are 
without  excuse.  Many  difficulties  might  be  raised  as 
to  points  in  which  we  do  not  see  the  wisdom  and  good- 
ness of  God ;  but  these  things  do  not  shake  our  con- 
fidence in  the  testimony  borne  by  the  book  of  Creation. 
So,  too,  as  to  the  book  of  Kevelation  :  seeming  diffi- 
culties cannot  invalidate  its  authority ;  they  should 
only  teach  us  how  finite  are  our  minds,  and  lead  us 
the  more  with  patience  and  humility  to  seek  the  in- 
struction of  the  Holy  Spirit  of  God,  who  can  cause  all 
seeming  difficulties  to  vanish.  "  Wlio  is  wise,  and  he 
shall  understand  these  things  ?  prudent,  and  he  shall 
know  them?  for  the  ways  of  the  Lord  are  right,  and 
the  just  shall  walk  in  them :  but  the  transgressors  shall 
fall  therein"— (Hos.  xiv.  9). 


APPENDIX. 

No.  I. 

ON  THE  TEXT  OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT. 

Those  who  wish  to  cast  doubt  or  distrust  upon  the  records  of  Kevela- 
tion,  have  habitually  represented  the  text  of  the  New  Testament  to  be 
such  as  is  involved  in  entire  uncertainty ;  so  that,  in  fact,  we  are  told 
that  we  have  no  evidence  by  which  we  can  show  what  is  the  true  text 
of  the  New  Testament  books. 

Those  who  are  unacquainted  with  the  subject  have  not  unfrequently 
been  at  a  loss  how  to  answer  the  strong  statements  that  have  been  made 
on  this  point ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  defenders  have  sometimes  taken 
a  very  imperfect  view  of  the  facts  of  the  case ;  so  that  a  brief  statement 
of  the  whole  matter  will  not  be,  I  believe,  unsuitable  in  this  place;  for  this 
will  show  that  the  question  of  the  true  text  does  not  in  the  least  affect 
the  evidence  to  the  books  themselves  as  to  their  general  character  and 
texture  ;  and,  also,  it  may  make  it  clear  to  Christians  that  so  far  from 
the  subject  being  one  from  which  they  ought  to  shinnk,  it  is  that  which 
they  should  regard  as  peculiarly  their  own,  and  that  if  they  reverence 
the  word  of  God,  so  far  from  fearing  textual  criticism,  they  ought  (if 
possessed  of  the  needed  requirements  and  abilities)  to  understand  and 
use  it,  in  order  to  uphold  the  existence  of  the  New  Testament  against 
those  who  would  envelope  everything  relating  to  it  in  a  cloud  of  nega- 
tions. 

Every  ancient  work  has  been  transmitted  to  us  by  means  of  MSS. 
We  possess  the  original  autographs  of  none ;  so  that  we  are  indebted 
to  copyists  for  the  exemplars  that  have  been  handed  down.  The  pro- 
cess of  transcription  is  always  one  by  which  ciTors  natui'ally  creep  in ; 
and  thus,  the  oftener  an  ancient  writing  was  copied,  the  more  danger 

7 


98  APPENDIX. 

was  there  of  departure  from  wliat  the  author  originally  wrote.  Similar 
words  and  phi'ases  would  be  substituted  for  others ;  copyists  would 
accidentally  omit  words  or  sentences,  or  they  would  insert  in  the 
text  something  which  had  been  noted  in  the  margin,  or  they  would 
try  to  correct  what  they  thought  to  be  wi'ong :  so  that,  while  the 
general  texture  of  a  work  continued  the  same,  it  might  abound  in  slight 
alterations ;  such,  for  the  most  part,  as  would  but  httle  affect  the 
actual  sense. 

Now,  this  has  been  the  case  with  regard  to  the  New  Testament,  in 
exactly  the  same  manner  as  other  books.  Some  have  thought  that 
such  an  idea  would  cast  a  kind  of  reflection  upon  God— as  if  He  would 
permit  the  perfection  of  Scripture  to  be  impaired.  All  we  need  say  is, 
that  the  fact  is  such;  Scripture  has  been  subject  to  just  the  same 
casualties  as  other  books ;  copyists  have  made  mistakes  (just  as  com- 
positors in  printing  may  do)  in  transcribing  Scripture,  exactly  the 
same  as  if  they  had  been  engaged  on  secular  writings.  As  things  are 
so,  we  know  that  God  has  permitted  this  to  take  place. 

After  the  invention  of  printing,  ancient  works  were  multiplied  by 
means  of  the  press  instead  of  the  pen  :  the  early  printers  (just  as  the 
transcribers  to  whom  they  succeeded)  took  whatever  copy  of  a  work 
came  first  to  hand  ;  and  this,  whether  con-ect  in  its  readings  or  not, 
became  the  basis  of  the  first  printed  text.  But  when  the  increase  in  the 
number  of  books  caused  a  similar  increase  of  thought  and  attention  to 
be  paid  to  literature,  the  business  of  critical  editors  gradually  arose. 
It  was  found  that  copies  of  the  same  work  differed  in  many  respects ; 
and  hence  they  were  compared  throughout,  and  the  variations  were 
noted, — a  process  to  which  the  term  collation  is  applied.  The  earlier 
the  MSS.  of  an  author,  the  more  closely  do  they  approach,  in  general, 
to  what  he  wrote ;  since  each  successive  transcriber  was  sure  to  add 
something  (however  little)  to  the  amount  of  mistakes.  The  comparison, 
then,  of  the  more  ancient  MSS.  together  shows  how  much  or  how  little 
of  the  text  of  an  author  can  be  considered  as  uncertain,  and  also  how 
gi-eat  or  how  little  (as  a  balance  of  probabilities)  the  uncertainty  may 
be,  and  also  how  far  the  sense  is  affected  by  such  variations. 

So  far  from  a  recurrence  to  ancient  readings  being  considered  to  cast 
doubt  on  ancient  authors,  which  were  at  first  printed  from  later  MSS., 
the  reverse  is  notoriously  the  fact ;  for  it  is  thus  that  critical  editors 
have  rejected  erroneous  readings  which  were  found  in  early  editions, 


APPENDIX.  99 

and  hence  they  are  able  to  give  forth  the  authors  of  antiquity  far  more 
genuine  in  condition. 

With  regard  to  the  New  Testament,  it  is  in  vain  for  an  objector  to 
say, "  Such  a  MS.  reads  such  a  passage  differently,"  or, "  Such  copies  omit 
or  add  such  and  such  words  " :  for  unless  the  objector  has  some  know- 
ledge of  ordinary  textual  criticism,  and  unless  those  whom  he  addresses 
have  at  least  some  apprehension  of  what  are  the  grounds  of  difficult j-, 
the  whole  argument,  as  bearing  on  the  authenticity  of  Scripture,*  has 
as  little  meaning  as  if  one  sought  to  prove  that  one  of  the  heavenly 
bodies  does  not  exist,  because  of  some  obsei'ved  variation  in  its  orbit. 
The  true  readings  of  any  ancient  book  must  always  be  discussed  as  an 
inquiry  wholly  distinct  from  that  of  the  external  evidence  to  its 
genuineness.  Because  a  planet  exists,  an  astronomer  may  calculate  its 
orbit ;  because  we  have  evidence  that  St.  Paul  wrote  an  Epistle  to  the 
Komans,  and  that  Epistle  has  come  down  to  us  in  ancient  copies,  we 
may  examine  the  copies  in  order  to  learn  what  is  the  true  text. 

The  New  Testament,  like  all  other  books,  was  fii-st  printed  from  such 
MSS.  as  came  first  to  hand ;  they  were  modern  copies,  and  from  these 
the  common  text  has  proceeded.  Now,  while  other  ancient  works  in 
general  have  been  for  many  years  pubKshed  in  texts  far  more  correct 
than  those  that  proceeded  from  the  first  printers,  the  Greek  New  Testa- 
ment long  remained  (and  as  far  as  England  is  concerned  may  be  said 
still  to  remain)  almost  unimproved.  And  repeatedly  have  attempts  to 
show  how  it  might  be  rendered  more  critically  correct,  called  forth 
denunciations  on  the  part  of  those  whose  defence  of  revealed  truth  was 


*  No  Tincertainty,  as  to  the  reading  of  present  copies,  can  affect  the  original 
authority  of  a  document :  it  is  not  customary  to  confound  such  things.  Thus, 
we  know  that  the  authority  of  an  Act  of  ParUament  is  derived  from  the  Legisla- 
ture which  enacts  it,  and  that  this  is  not  impaired  even  if  such  an  Act  be  copied 
inaccurately  :  we  use  proper  means  for  knowinjj  that  we  have  correct  copies. 
It  is  true,  that  for  convenience'  sake,  the  Law  declares  that  the  coi^y  of  an  Act, 
as  printed  by  the  Queen's  printer,  shall  be  taken  as  possessing  the  same  autho- 
rity as  the  original  Act  engrossed  on  parchment ;  but  even  this  does  not  pre- 
vent examination  in  case  of  error.  Thus,  a  year  or  two  ago,  in  the  "  Health 
of  Towns  Act,"  it  was  found  that,  hy  a  siugle  erratum,  the  Queen's  printers  had 
excluded  jn'nduates  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh  from  being  appointed  as 
medical  officers  under  it ;  the  mistake  was  soon  discovered,  and  the  Queen's 
printers  issued  a  re-impression  of  the  Act.  This  is  just  a  case  in  which  a  judg- 
ment would  have  to  be  formed  as  to  the  true  reading  of  a  document  whose 
authority  was  not  at  all  in  question. 


100  APPENDIX. 

characterised  by  more  of  zeal  than  knowledge.  If  such  defenders  had 
interfered  with  Bible  printing,  and  if  they  had  denounced  the  press- 
correctors,  who  were  engaged  in  rectifying  the  en-ors  of  the  composi- 
tors, their  proceedings  would  have  shown  an  equal  amount  of 
intelligence. 

And  it  was  the  inconsiderate  zeal  of  these  defenders,  who  attacked 
textual  criticism  in  order  to  uphold  the  New  Testament,  that  put  this 
weapon  into  the  hands  of  objectors.  Such  were  able  to  say, "  The  text 
of  your  sacred  books  is  rendered  utterly  doubtful  by  various  readings  " ; 
and  they  were  able  to  cite  the  language  which  had  been  applied  to 
critics,  by  those  who  little  thought  what  an  use  might  be  made  of  their 
words.  If  the  objectors  really  used  this  argument  as  supposing  that  it 
was  forcible,  then  they  must  have  been  as  unacquainted  with  the 
whole  subject  of  the  readings  of  ancient  works,  as  were  the  too  zealous 
defenders  from  whom  they  borrowed  it. 

It  is  difficult  to  explain  the  subject  of  the  text  of  the  New  Testament 
in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  be  misunderstood.  On  the  one  hand, 
it  may  seem  as  if  the  variation  of  copies  is  so  great,  that  it  can 
hardly  be  overstated  ;  on  the  other  hand,  this  variation  is  often  spoken 
of  as  though  it  were  of  comparatively  little  importance ;— as  though,  in 
fact,  it  were  some  theoretic  point,  rather  than  one  of  any  practical 
value.*  I  wish,  if  possible,  to  guard  against  both  these  errors.  As  to 
WiQjirst,  it  may,  I  believe,  be  plainly  said,  that  the  New  Testament  has 
come  down  to  us  with  about  the  same  amount  of  transcriptural  injury 
as  other  ancient  works ;  and  as  to  the  second,  I  sliall  not  be  supposed 


*  This  tendency  has  often  exhibited  itself  in  English  minds.  Writers  have 
spoken  of  MSS.  as  if  they  were,  in  general,  pretty  correct,  and  as  if  no  doctrinal 
statement,  and  no  fact  stood  differently  in  any  MS.  whatever  :  this  misappre- 
hension is,  indeed,  most  strange ;  it  is  applying  the  general  evidence  to  the 
general  text  to  all  the  particular  parts  of  which  that  evidence  is  composed.  We 
might  as  well  confound  the  arch  with  the  siufjle  stones  of  which  it  is  formed, 
and  thus  alBrm  that  each  of  them  safely  spans  the  stream.  The  "  Edinburgh 
Review,"  No.  191  (page  5,  note),  goes  so  far  as  to  say,  "In  point  of  fact,  the 
<loctrines  of  the  EngUsh  Church  would  not  be  affected  even  if  the  worst  read- 
ings of  the  worst  MS.  were  in  every  case  to  be  purposely  adopted."  To  this 
strong  statement,  I  briefly  reply,  that  MSS.  contain  mistakes  of  quite  as  much 
doctrinal  importance  as  that  in  the  printed  Bible,  which  omitted  "  not"  in  the 
seventh  Commandment ;  or  that  which  read  in  1  Cor.  vi.  9,  "  Know  ye  not  that 
the  unrighteous  shall  inherit  the  kingdom  of  God  ?" 


APPENDIX.  101 

to  regard  the  textual  ci'iticism  of  the  N'ew  Testament  as  of  small 
moment  by  those  who  are  aware,  that  for  years  the  business  of  my  life 
has  been  (and  still  is)  the  collation  of  ancient  MSS.  and  versions  of  the 
New  Testament,  in  order  to  publish  a  critical  edition. 

If,  then,  it  be  said  that  transcribers  have  so  altered  the  books  of  the 
New  Testament  that  they  are  wholly  different  from  what  they  once 
were,— if  it  be  alleged  that  the  doctrines  laid  down  in  it  have  been 
changed  by  design  or  by  ignorance, — the  assertion  may  be  met  with  a 
direct  negative.  We  may  point  to  the  ancient  MSS.  of  different  coun- 
tries in  proof  that  the  substantial  texture  of  the  books  has  not  been 
tampered  with  by  any  fraud ;  we  may  turn  to  the  ancient  versions  as 
witnesses  of  the  same  facts.  And,  as  to  the  observed  various  readings, 
we  may  show  that  they  commonly  relate  to  the  order  of  words,  to 
synonymous  expressions,  and  the  like.  When  greater  variations,  such 
as  the  insertion  or  the  non-insertion  of  sentences,  are  objected,  then  we 
must  say,  "  Well,  it  is  a  question  to  be  determined,  not  by  previously- 
fonned  opinions,  but  by  evidence ;  let  us  consult  the  MSS.  and  ver- 
sions ;  let  us  see  if  any  light  is  thi'own  on  the  point  from  the  citations 
of  early  writers."  If,  then,  we  find  that  the  words  are  not  found  in  the 
oldest  MSS.,  if  they  ai'e  equally  excluded  from  the  versions,  and  if  the 
early  writers  do  not  cite  them,  then  of  coui'se  we  must  know  that  this 
is  not  a  debatable  point,  but  that  we  possess  that  certainty  which  clear 
lines  of  distinct  evidence  can  give.  An  objector  cannot  say  that  he  has 
thus  extruded  a  doctrine  from  the  New  Testament,  for  there  is  not  a 
single  point  of  dogmatic  teaching  which  rests  merely  on  any  one  pas- 
sage of  doubtful  authenticit}',  or  such  as  is  infirm  as  to  evidence. 

In  cases  in  which  authorities  diSer,  their  testimony  must  be 
balanced ;  and  if  we  cannot  arrive  at  absolute  certainty^  we  shall  pro- 
bably be  able  to  say  that  all  the  range  of  doubt  lies  within  somewhat 
narrow  Hmits.  We  shall  thus  learn  not  to  magnify  the  importance  of 
New  Testament  variations. 

We  must  not  forget  that  even  woi'ks  written  since  the  invention  of 
printing  are  not  necessarily  certain  as  to  theii*  text:— how  remarkably 
is  this  the  case  as  to  much  of  the  English  poetry  of  two  centuries  and 
a  half  ago !  and  yet  who  would  say  that  this  affected  the  general  com- 
plexion of  the  poems  ?    One  might  have  thought  that  doctrinal  state- 


102  APPENDIX. 

ments  would  have  been  guarded  with  peculiar  care,  and  yet  it  is  not 
particularly  easy  to  determine  the  genuine  text  of  the  Augsburg  Con- 
fession, of  the  Thu'ty-nine  Ai'ticles,  or  of  the  Documents  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  Trent.  It  is  not  that  there  is  any  uncertainty  as  to  the  doctrines 
laid  down.  As  to  the  Augsburg  Confession,  it  cannot  be  said  that  the 
true  text  had  ever  been  pubhshed  till  a  very  few  years  ago  ;  while,  as  to 
its  definitions  of  doctrine,  there  had  not  been  the  slightest  doubt  or 
uncertainty. 

Those  who  exaggerate  the  magnitude  of  various  readings  in  the  New 
Testament,  commonly  attach  a  vast  importance  to  a  few  passages : 
they  have,  perhaps,  heard  that  1  John  v.  7,  is  spurious  ;*  they,  there- 
fore, imagine  that  the  rejection  of  this  passage  impugns  the  doctrine  of 
the  Trinity — as  if  that  doctrine  had  not  been  maintained  by  those  that 
never  heard  of  this  verse,  absent  as  it  is  from  every  Greek  MS.  older 
than  the  16th  centuiy,  and  from  every  ancient  MS.  of  every  ancient 
version : — or,  perhaps,  they  charge  the  maintainers  of  orthodox  truth 
with  fraud ;  because  the  passage  acquired  a  place  in  the  printed  text, 
not  knowing  (or  else  concealing  the  fact)  that  its  place  there  was 
objected  to  from  the  first. 

It  is,  thus,  by  resting  on  a  few  points,  that  an  efiect  is  produced,  as 
though  something  wide-spread  and  universal  could  be  brought  forward, 
which  would  cast  doubt  or  uncertainty  over  the  whole  of  Scripture. 
This  has,  I  believe,  produced  a  contrary  tone  of  mind  in  this  country 
on  the  part  of  upholders  of  Christian  truth :  they  have  often  either 
shunned  the  subject,  or  else  they  have  reduced  its  magnitude  and  im- 
portance as  much  as  possible.  Instead  of  this,  they  ought  to  have 
taken  the  facts  as  they  are :  the  question  is  not  whether  the  various 
readings  in  the  New  Testament  are  many  and  great,  but  whether 
(knowing  their  existence)  we  will  weigh  the  evidence,  as  if  we  had 
to  do  with  any  other  ancient  work,  and  see  what  the  honest  result 
may  be. 

*  It  is,  in  fact,  most  of  the  7th,  and  a  few  words  of  the  8th,  verse  that  are 
not  supported  by  any  evidence  :  "  For  there  are  three  that  bear  record  [in  hea- 
ven, the  Father,  the  Word,  and  the  Holy  Ghost ;  and  these  three  are  one. 
And  there  are  three  that  bear  witness  in  earth] ,  the  Spirit,  and  the  water,  and 
the  blood,  and  these  three  agree  in  one."  The  words  in  brackets  have  no 
ancient  authority  whatever  ;  and  they  were  equally  rejected  by  Luther,  and  by 
our  Keformers  in  this  country.  They  seem  to  have  originated  in  a  marginal 
note  in  some  Latin  copies. 


APPENDIX.  103 

The  consequence  of  the  subject  haviug  been  avoided  in  this  country, 
has  been,  that  passages  have  been  hahitualb/  quoted  for  what  they  do 
not  contain,  if  read  properly  ;*  difllculties  have  been  explained  which 
only  exist  in  the  readings  of  later  copies  ;t  and  if  a  writer  spoke  of  the 
critical  reasons  for  not  believing  in  the  genuineness  of  a  passage,  he 
was  sure  (unless  he  had  veiled  his  words  in  Latin)  to  be  charged  by 
some  with  want  of  reverence  for  the  word  of  God  ; — a  charge  which 
only  showed  the  well-intentioned  ignorance  of  those  who  made  it.J 

Some  have  shunned  textual  criticism  as  though  it  were  opposed,  in 
some  mysterious  manner,  to  orthodox  truth ;  in  this  way  they  have 
given  a  vantage-gi'ound  to  heterodoxy.  It  is  quite  true  that  some  few- 
passages  which  bear  on  the  proper  Grodhead  of  Christ,  are  read  differ- 
ently in  the  best  critical  documents  ;  but  what  then  ?  These  passages 
are  not  the  onh/  proofs  of  that  cardinal  doctrine ;  and,  further,  they 
were  not  at  all  the  grounds  on  which  it  was  held  fast  in  the  midst  of 


*  Thus,  in  discussions  on  Baptism,  we  still,  sometimes,  find  those  who  cite  the 
words  of  Philip  and  the  Ethiopian,  Acts  viii.  37,  "  And  Philip  said,  If  thou 
behevest  with  all  thine  heart,  thou  mayest.  And  he  answered,  and  said,  I 
believe  that  Jesus  Christ  is  the  Son  of  God."  This  appears  to  be  done  in  entire 
unconsciousness,  that  no  part  of  this  verse  is  given  in  critical  texts. 

t  In  Acts  liii.  19,  20,  in  our  version,  St.  Paul  says,  "  And  when  he  had 
destroyed  seven  nations  in  the  land  of  Chanaan,  he  divided  their  land  to  them 
by  lot :  and  after  that,  he  gave  unto  them  judges,  about  the  space  of  four  hun- 
dred and  fifty  years,  until  Samuel  the  prophet."  AU  kinds  of  endeavours  have 
been  made  to  reconcile  this  term  of  four  hundred  and  fifty  years  with  other 
Scripture  dates  ;  it  has  furnished  enough  material  for  whole  volumes,  and  this 
period  is  still  called  "the  computation  of  St.  Paul,"  in  the  title  of  Sir  Henry 
Ellis's  new  edition  of  "  Blair's  Chronological  and  Historical  Tables."  Now,  in 
the  most  ancient  copies,  the  period  of  four  hundred  and  fifty  years  stands  in 
quite  a  difierent  connection  :  "  He  destroyed  seven  nations  in  the  land  of 
Chanaan,  and  gave  them  their  land  by  lot  about  four  hundred  and  fifty  years ; 
and  afterwards  he  gave  unto  them  judges,"  etc.  Attention  ought  to  have  been 
paid  to  this  reading,  instead  of  its  being  wasted  on  one  more  recent. 

t  Dr.  Routh  ("  Reliquia;  Sacraj,"  i.  p.  39)  discusses  the  question,  whether  the 
narration  contained  in  the  common  text  of  John  viii.  1 — 13,  is  the  same  as 
the  history  of  a  woman  accused  before  our  Lord  of  many  crimes,  and  he  con- 
cludes thus: — "  Evidenter  constat,  etiamsi  suspecta  htec  evangelii  pericope 
eadem  esse  censeatur  atque  historia  Papiaua,  nondum  earn  codici  Novi  Testa- 
menti  tempore  Eusebii  insertam  fuisse."  This  remark,  in  English,  that 
John  viii.  1 — 11,  was  not  yet  inserted  in  the  New  Testament  in  the  time  of 
Eusebius,  though  perfectly  true,  would  have  been  sure  to  have  called  forth 
severe  remark.  Critics  who  state  evidence,  are  treated  as  if  they  ought  to  have 
invented  counter-evidence. 


104  APPENDIX. 

the  early  controversies  ;  for  there  are  quite  enough  passages  free  from 
all  difference  of  reading  in  which  it  is  set  forth.  It  might  also  be  well 
for  those  who  shun  textual  criticism  on  such  grounds,  to  know,  that 
MS.  authorities  will  give  quite  as  much  as  they  talce  away ;  so  that  if 
any  fear  the  appUcation  of  sound  principles,  it  should  be  those  who 
disapprove  of  the  doctrines  taught  in  the  New  Testament  in  its  com- 
mon text ;  for  they  will  find  the  same  doctrines  supported,  not  by  a 
mere  traditional  text  bearing  date  since  the  introduction  of  printing, 
but  by  MSS.,  versions,  and  ancient  citations,  which  lead  us  back  to  the 
early  centuries. 

In  defending  the  common  printed  text,  as  such,  against  the  just 
demands  of  criticism,  advocates  have  so  acted  as  would  weaken  aU 
Christian  evidence,  if  the  defence  were  accepted  as  legitimate ;  for  they 
have  confounded  the  proofs  in  favour  of  that  which  is  infirm  with  the 
evidence  which  is  absolute  in  upholding  that  which  is  certainly  ge- 
nuine :  in  bringing  all  to  the  same  level,  it  has  been  impossible  really 
to  elevate  what  rests  on  no  just  basis,  and  thus  all  has  been  lowered  to 
the  same  ground  of  uncertainty,  or  even  worse.  And,  then,  when 
attempts  have  been  made  to  use  the  condition  of  the  text  as  an  argu- 
ment against  Kevelation,  dogmatic  assertions  have  been  made,  such  as 
would  not  really  meet  the  difficulty  ;  and  there  has  been  no  firm  foot- 
ing against  those  who  would  represent  the  text  as  wholly  precarious 
and  uncertain,  and  who  thei'cfore  would  select  whatever  readings  they 
chose,  and  give  the  sacred  documents  whatever  complexion  they  could, 
so  far  as  they  were  supported  by  any  evidence,  good  or  bad. 

And  yet  this  country  was  once  the  locality  in  which  Biblical  scho- 
lars paid  particular  attention  to  textual  criticism.  In  the  latter  half  of 
the  seventeenth  century,  and  the  former  half  of  the  eighteenth,  much 
was  done  amongst  us  ;  but  the  remembrance  of  this  seemed  to  be  the 
only  thing  left,  while  a  kind  of  dogmatic  ignorance  usurped  the  place 
which  ought  to  have  been  held  by  intelligent  and  sober  criticism.  It 
is  not  my  present  concern  to  detail  the  history  of  the  application  of 
criticism  to  the  New  Testament ;  suflice  it  to  say,  that  such  labours 
were  earned  on  in  other  countries,  while  but  few  amongst  us — such  as 
Principal  Campbell  of  Aberdeen,  and  Professor  "White  of  Oxford — 
understood  or  valued  what  was  accomi^lishod. 

Griesbach  had,  on  a  system  of  his  own,  restored  the  ancient  readings 


APPENDIX.  105 

of  several  passages :  this  was  felt  to  be  an  innovation ;  so  that  when 
Professor  Scholz  of  Bonn  published  the  first  volume  of  his  Greek 
Testament,  in  1830,  it  was  hailed,  in  this  country,  by  many,  as  an  im- 
portant defence  of  the  common,  later,  text.  The  leading  principle  of 
Scholz  is  to  follow  the  mass  of  later  MSS.,  instead  of  the  few*  very- 
ancient  documents  which  have  come  down  to  us.  If  this  principle  of 
following  the  many  recent  copies,  instead  of  the/e?y  ancient,  be  sound, 
then  let  us  apply  it  to  printed  books ;  and  instead  of  adhering  to  the 
readings  of  the  few  scarce  copies  of  editions  almost  coeval  with  the 
authors,  let  us  concede  all  to  the  authority  of  the  mass  of  modem 
copies,  got  out,  perhaps,  as  trade  speculations  by  mere  booksellers. 

The  true  principle  is  surely  that  of  adherence  to  the  ancient  copies, 
irrespective  of  modern  readings,  and  it  is  to  this  that  New  Testament 
criticism  has  now  arrived.f  Bentley  laid  it  down,  and  proposed  to  edit 
a  text  thus  aiTanged. 

The  first  who  acted  on  it  fully  was  my  late  friend,  Dr.  Lachmann  of 
Berlin :  he  published  the  text  of  the  New  Testament,  founded  on 
ancient  authorities,  in  1831.  It  was  accompanied  by  no  preface,  and  in 
the  explanatory  note  at  the  end,  he  so  mentioned  oriental  authorities, 
as  if  he  had  used  the  term  in  a  sense  in  which  others  had  previously 
adopted  it.  As  he  only  developed  his  principles  in  German,  a  language 
of  which  I  then  knew  nothing,  and  as  his  text  was  unaccompanied  by 
the  authorities  on  which  it  rested,  it  is  not  sui'prising  that  it  was  some 
years  before  I  understood  his  general  plan. 

Meanwhile,  I  was  led  to  adopt  critical  principles  in  some  respects 
very  similar.  I  say  this,  not  as  claiming  any  merit  on  the  ground  of 
originality,  but  rather,  as  it  may  be  satisfactory  to  some,  to  find  that 
the  same  (or  nearly  the  same)  end  has  been  reached  through  different 
paths  of  study.  After  the  publication  of  Scholz's  first  volume,  I  gave 
it  a  pretty  careful  examination,  and  I  soon  saw,  even  with  the  incoi*- 

*  Few,  in  themselves,  but  still  more  numerous,  as  well  as  more  ancient,  than 
the  MSS.  of  other  works  of  antiquity. 

t  It  is  worthy  of  observation,  how  early  this  principle  was  admitted,  with 
regard  to  the  Septuagint  Greek  version  of  the  Old  Testament.  This  book  was 
first  printed  from  the  later  MSS.,  but  from  the  time  that  Pope  Sixtus  V.  caused 
it  to  be  published,  in  1586,  mostly  following  the  text  of  the  Vatican  MS.,  this 
Boman  edition  was  tacitly  admitted  as  the  received  text,  and  thus  this  Greek 
version  has,  from  that  time,  been  read  in  a  text  of  the  fourfh  century,  while,  as 
to  the  Greek  Testament,  we  have  followed  the  readings  of  i\\Q  fifteenth. 


106  APPENDIX. 

rectness  and  omissions  as  to  the  authorities,  that  the  ancient  MSS. 
were  in  general  a  line  of  witnesses  against  his  text.  I  went  all  through 
St.  Matthew's  Gospel,  writing  in  the  margin  of  a  Greek  Testament 
those  well-supported  readings  which  Scholz  repudiated.  This  was  of 
coui-se  wholly  for  my  own  use ;  but  I  saw  that,  as  a  general  principle, 
the  modern  ]\ISS.  have  no  authority  apart  from  ancient  evidence,  and 
that  it  is  the  ancient  MSS.  alone  which  show  within  what  limits  we 
have  to  look  as  to  the  real  ancient  text.  A  few  years  after  (in  1838),  I 
di'ew  up  a  plan  and  specimen,  the  execution  of  which  was  the  object 
which  I  kept  before  me,  though  possessed  of  but  little  leisure  for  the 
purpose. 

In  1844, 1  published  the  book  of  Eevelation  in  Greek  and  English ; 
in  this  there  was  a  Greek  text,  conformed  as  far  as  then  appeared 
practicable  to  the  ancient  copies ;  the  English  translation  of  this 
volume  has  since  been  published  separatel5-,  so  closely  following  ancient 
authorities,  that  not  one  word  rests  on  the  modern  MSS.  This  trans- 
lation wiU  show  a  mere  English  reader  how  far  sound  criticism  will 
affect  the  sense  of  Scripture,  and  how  far  the  text  of  the  Greek  Testa- 
ment, which  I  hope  to  publish,  will  differ  from  that  which  is  commonly 
used  in  this  country. 

I  need  not  here  go  into  minute  details  to  show  wherein  I  differ  from 
Lachmann,  Tisehendorf,  or  others,  as  to  the  application  of  ancient 
materials,— it  may  suffice  to  say,  that  I  rest  exclusively  on  the  autho- 
rity of  ancient  MSS.  and  versions,  using  the  important  aid  of  early 
citations. 

Most  of  the  ancient  MSS.  I  have  found  it  needful  to  re-collate ;  this, 
together  with  the  arrangement  of  the  collected  materials,  has  engaged 
me  for  years. 

A  list  of  the  ancient  Greek  MSS.  of  the  New  Testament  wiU  give 
ample  proof  how  the  sacred  wi'itings  have  come  down  to  us  through 
this  mode  of  transmission.  In  mentioning  these  MSS.,  I  will  divide 
them  into  two  classes  ;  1st.  The  more  ancient,  written  from  the  fourth 
to  the  seventh  centuries ;  and,  2ud.  Those  of  the  three  next  centuries. 
Some  of  these  MSS.  are  but  fragments,  but  that  does  not  render  them 
the  less  important  as  witnesses  to  the  transmission  of  the  books,  nor, 
in  the  parts  which  they  contain,  arc  they  the  less  valuable  in  thcii*  evi- 
dence to  the  text. 


APPENDIX.  107 

The  more  ancient  MSS.,  containing  the  Gospels^  are — 

The  Codex  Yaticanus,  B,*  at  Kome. 

The  Codex  Ephraemi,  C,  at  Paris. 

The  Codex  Alexandrinus,  A,  in  the  British  Museum. 

The  Codex  Bezce,  D,  at  Cambridge. 

Fragments  of  St.  Matthew's  Gospel,  Z,  at  Dublin. 

Fragments  P  and  Q  at  Wolfenblittel. 

Fragments  I,  N,  and  F  in  the  British  Museum,  Vienna,  and  Rome. 

Fragments  of  St.  John's  Gospel,  T,  in  the  Propaganda  at  Rome. 

Other  ancient  MSS.,  containing  the  Gospels,  are — 

E  at  Basle,  F  at  Utrecht,  G  in  the  British  Museum,  H  at  Ham- 
burg, K,  L,  and  M  at  Pai'is,  S  in  the  Vatican,  U  at  Venice,  V  at 
Moscow,  X  at  Munich,  A  at  St.  Gallen ;  also  the  fragments  O,  R,  W, 
Y,  e,  and  A. 

The  more  ancient,  which  contain  the  Acts,  are — 
A,  B,  C,  and  D,  mentioned  before. 
The  Codex  Laudianus,  E,  at  Oxford. 

The  other  ancient  MSS.,  containing  this  book,  are — 
The  Codex  Passionei,  G,  in  the  Augustine  MouasteiT,  at  Rome. 
H  at  Modena,  and  the  ancient  fragments  F  at  Paris. 
Of  these  MSS.  A,  B,  and  C  contain  also  the  Catholic  Epistles,  which 
are  also  in  K,  a  Moscow  MS. 

The  more  ancient  MSS.  of  St.  Paul's  Epistles,  are — 

A,  B,  and  C,  as  before. 

The  Codex  Claromontanus,  D,  at  Paris. 

Fragments  H  at  Paris. 

Also,  of  a  later  date,  F  at  Cambridge,  and  G  at  Dresden ;  E,  a  copy 
of  D,  at  St.  Petersburg,  J  at  Rome  (the  MS.  marked  G  in  the  Acts), 
and  K  at  jMoscow. 

In  the  book  of  Revelation  thei'e  are  but  three  ancient  MSS., — A  and 

*  Eoman  letters  are  used  to  designate  the  different  MSS.,  simply  for  con- 
venience of  reference ;  their  order  bears  no  reference  to  the  goodness  or  import- 
ance of  the  MSS.  themselves.  The  same  letter  is  sometimes  used  in  different 
parts  of  the  New  Testament  to  designate  different  MSS. 


108  APPENDIX. 

C,  mentioned  before,  and  the  Codex  Basilianus,  B,  now  in  the  Vatican 
at  Rome.* 

These,  then,  together  with  the  ancient  versions,  are  the  documents 
which  (especially  those  of  the  more  ancient  class)  afford  an  answer  to 
any  who  raise  objections  on  the  ground  of  various  readings,  as  if  the 
transmission  of  the  text  of  the  New  Testament  were  really  uncertain. 


No.  II. 

SOME  OF  THE  RESULTS  OF  THE  GENUINENESS 
OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT. 

Theee  are  certain  consequences  resulting  from  the  proved  authorship 
of  the  books  of  the  New  Testament,  which  may  be  briefly  indicated. 
They  may  be  regarded  as  plain  corollaries  to  the  points  already  demon- 
strated. 


•  Of  these  MSS.,  the  text  has  been  published  of  A,  C,  D  (of  the  Gospels  and 
Acts),  the  fragments  I,  N,  V,  P,  Q,  T,  Z,  0,  A,  and  the  MSS.  L,  A  :— of  E  and 
the  fragments  F  of  the  Acts : — of  G  of  St.  Paul's  Epistles,  and  the  fragments  H : 
— and  of  B  of  the  Apocalypse  : — the  readings  of  F  of  the  Gospels,  and  of  one 
or  two  fragments,  have  also  been  pubhshed; — these,  therefore,  I  have  been 
able  to  collate  in  the  printed  editions  ;  all  the  others  I  have  collated  (at  Paris, 
Eome,  London,  Basle,  Munich,  Modena,  Venice,  Cambridge,  and  Hamburg), 
except  the  three  MSS.  in  Eussia  (the  readings  of  which  I  take  from  others) ;  S 
in  the  Vatican,  and  B,  the  Codex  Vaticanus,  the  most  ancient  and  important  of 
all,  from  the  use  of  which,  alas !  critics  are  excluded :  all  that  I  can  do  as  to 
this  MS.  is  to  use  the  three  imperfect  collations  as  far  as  they  go,  unless,  in- 
deed, Cardinal  Mai's  edition  of  this  MS.,  printed,  but  long  withheld  from  the 
pubhc,  should  be  pubUshed  in  time. 

Besides  these  ancient  MSS.,  I  collated  one  at  Paris  (33),  containing  all  the 
New  Testament,  except  the  Apocalypse  ;  and  the  Gospels  in  one  at  Basle  (1). 
These,  though  more  modern,  are  important  witnesses  to  the  most  ancient  text. 
As  to  all  the  MSS.,  I  have  uniformly  compared  the  coUatious  made  by  others,  as 
well  as  examining  for  myself. 


APPENDIX.  109 

Since,  then,  we  possess  in  the  New  Testament  genuine  historic  monu- 
ments of  contemporary  writers,  who  were  perfectly  competent  to  bear 
testimony  to  the  facts  of  which  they  were  cognisant,  we  must  give 
their  evidence  its  full  weight  as  assuring  us  of  the  truth  of  those  facts. 
And,  furthei%  as  the  books  of  the  New  Testament  were  not,  when  writ- 
ten, laid  up  in  secret,  but  were  from  the  first  widely  circulated  amongst 
a  body  of  persons,  who  were  themselves  possessed  of  a  competent 
knowledge  of  the  facts,  it  is  plain  that  this  body  of  persons,  the  Chris- 
tian community  of  the  first  century,  consisting  of  believing  Jews  and 
believing  G-entiles,  are  corroborative  witnesses  to  the  ti'uth  of  the  his- 
toric monuments. 

We  possess,  therefore,  every  conceivable  ground  of  certainty  in  re- 
gard to  the  New  Testament  as  giving  to  us  a  narrative  of  real  historical 
occurrences,  presented  to  us  by  a  body  of  such  witnesses,  that  if  we 
reject  their  evidence,  we  must  also  say  that  all  testimony  is  unworthy 
of  credit.  These  witnesses,  moreover,  so  lived  and  acted,  and  (in  many 
cases)  so  laid  down  their  lives,  as  to  give,  if  needful,  a  yet  further  con- 
firmation of  their  testimony. 

It  follows,  therefore,  that  Christianity,  as  based  on  the  facts  of  the 
incarnation,  death,  and  resurrection  of  the  Son  of  God — whatever  be 
its  doctrines  or  its  duties — must  he  true.  Its  truth  is  a  proved  his- 
torical fact. 

We  must  bear  in  mind  that  the  nature  of  the  fact  proved  makes  no 
difierence  whatever ;  it  may  be  a  thing  wholly  void  of  importance,  or  it 
may  involve  considerations  of  the  most  solemn  moment.  If  the  his- 
toric proof  be  sufficient,  no  after-considerations  can  be  admitted  to 
counterbalance  such  proof.  The  case  before  us  is  not  merely  one  of 
historic  probability,  but  one  of  demonstrated  reality ;  we  need  not, 
then,  raise  a  question  as  to  any  balance  of  pi'obabLUties,  as  must  be 
done  in  many  cases. 

We  have  no  occasion,  therefore,  to  consider  the  antecedent  pro- 
bability, or  the  contrary,  of  the  facts  to  which  the  New  Testament 
bears  testimony :  no  such  considerations  can  affect  the  force  of  the 
absolute  evidence  which  we  possess.  How  continually  do  we  find  that 
we  are  obliged  to  admit  the  reality  of  facts  which,  in  themselves,  seem 
most  improbable!  We  know  the  origin  of  the  Book  of  IMormon, — 
how  it  was  originally  written  by  Solomon  Spaulding,  as  a  kind  of 


110  APPENDIX. 

romance;  we  know  how  Joseph  Smith  and  Sidney  Rigdon  inteiiDolated 
it,  and  then  gave  it  forth  as  a  divine  Revelation ;  we  find,  besides,  in 
the  book  itself  the  most  contemptible  absui'dities ;  so  that  on  the  ante- 
cedent mode  of  argumentation,  we  should,  of  com'se,  conclude,  that  the 
Book  of  Mormon  was  regarded  by  all  as  simply  the  production  of 
Spaulding's  idle  hours,  and  that  Joseph  Smith  and  Sidney  Rigdon 
were  universally  looked  on  as  impostors  so  low  as  not  even  to  possess 
the  talent  of  invention.  Therefore,  it  might  be  concluded  that  Mor- 
monism,  as  a  system,  coitld  not  exist, — that  it  does  not  exist, — and 
all  who  maintain  that  there  are  or  ever  have  been  such  a  body  of  per- 
sons, are  assuming  a  ground  wholly  untenable.  And  yet,  look  at  what 
occurred  in  the  states  of  Missoui-i  and  Illinois ;  look  at  what  now 
exists  in  the  Utah  territory ;  or,  let  attention  be  paid  to  the  labours 
of  Mormonite  missionaries  in  this  very  town.  We  have  proof  suffi 
cient  that  we  must  admit  facts  on  evidence,  irrespective  of  our  antece- 
dent thoughts. 

Difficulties  are  not  unfrequently  raised  by  objectors  on  the  ground 
of  supposed  discrepancies  or  contradictions  of  the  New  Testament 
writers.  We  may,  however,  inquu'e  whether  the  alleged  discrepancies 
are  such  as  would  invalidate  the  historic  authority  of  other  writers ;  if 
not,  then  they  must  be  allowed  no  more  weight  when  they  are  objected 
against  Apostles  and  Evangelists.  But,  again,  are  the  discrepancies 
real  or  only  seeming  ?  Are  they  such  as  admit  of  no  explanation  or 
reconciliation  ?  Perhaps  we  may  not  perceive  the  true  mode  of  ex- 
planation, but  can  we  be  sure  that  none  is  possible  ?  Unless  we  must 
give  an  unfavourable  answer  to  these  inquiries,  we  may  safely  dismiss 
them  as  not  being  of  such  a  character  as  ought  to  trouble  us  in  the 
least.  But,  further,  we  may  ask  objectors,  Were  those,  to  whom  the 
New  Testament  writings  were  first  addressed,  wholly  destitute  of  dis- 
crimination ?  Were  they,  when  they  received  the  Gospels,  and  added 
them  one  to  another,  so  as  to  form  our  collection,  incapable  of  per- 
ceiving the  difficulties  which  some  would  regard  as  so  formidable  ?  Is 
it  not  certain  that  those  who  were  best  acquainted  with  the  facts,  held 
and  transmitted  our  foiir  Gospels  as  the  histories  of  those  facts? 
Who,  then,  can  say  that  they,  having  done  this  in  spite  of  any  supposed 
difilculties,  are  not  in  a  manner  the  guarantees  to  us  that  none  of  the 
alleged  difficulties  are  really  inexplicable  ? 


APPENDIX.  Ill 

Perhaps  no  historical  difficulty,  connected  with  the  Gospels,  has 
been  so  much  relied  on  as  that  relating  to  the  taxing,  in  Luke  ii.,  "  And 
it  came  to  pass  in  those  days,  that  there  went  out  a  decree  from  Ca?sar 
Augustus,  that  all  the  world  should  be  taxed.    And  this  taxing  was 
first  made  when  Cyrenius  was  governor  of  Syria."    This  "taxing," 
then,  is  said  by  St.  Luke  to  be  anterior  to  the  birth  of  Chi-ist,  and  yet 
Cyrenius  was  not  governor  of  Syria  till  about  twelve  years  later. 
"What  a  contradiction !"  an  objector  might  say.    But  let  us  apply  to 
this  difficulty  the  cii-cumstances  of  historic  transmission,  and  then  let 
us  see  whether  they  do  not  rebut  the  force  of  the  difficulty.    We  have 
seen  that  we  have  good  grounds  of  evidence  for  acquiescing  in  the  com- 
mon belief,  which  assigns  the  authorship  of  our  third  Gospel,  and  the 
Acts  of  the  Apostles,  to  Luke,  the  companion  of  St.  Paul.    The  Gos- 
pel was,  therefore,  written  about  sixty  years  after  the  events  which  are 
described  in  the  opening  chapters.    The  "taxmg"  was  an  event  pecu- 
liarly well  known  to  all  the  Jews,  as  it  was  the  incident  which  affixed 
the  actual  mark  of  subjection  to  Eome  on  them  as  a  nation,  and  which 
sealed  the  transfer  of  Judaea  to  those  Western  rulera.   Now,  it  was  im- 
possible for  those  at  large,  for  whom  Luke  wrote,  not  to  be  acquainted 
with  these  things ;  and,  therefore,  their  reception  of  this  Gospel,  as  an 
authentic  history,  is  a  proof  that  they  did  not  see  anything  insur- 
mountable in  what  the  Evangelist  had  stated.    If  any  one  were  now 
to  write  about  the  events  of  the  French  revolution,  1789—93,  he  might 
so  take  for  granted  that  his  readers  knew  the  leading  events,  that  he 
would  not  be  afi'aid  of  having  his  meaning  misconceived,  even  though 
his  words  were  capable  of  a  construction  opposed  to  open  and  notori- 
ous facts  :  if  any  one  were  to  object  either  to  the  veracity  or  accuracy 
of  such  a  writer,  who  is  there  that  would  not  see  that  the  objection 
was  utterly  futile  ?    The  public  notoriety  of  leading  facts  must  often 
be  our  guide  in  understanding  what  is  written  about  them.    We  must 
not  look  merely  from  the  present  day  at  ancient  writings  and  events, 
but  we  must  make  our  point  of  view  the  actual  time  when  we  prove 
that  the  books,  which  we  examine,  were  written,  and  from  that  we 
must  look  at  the  events  described.    We  must  then  inquire  whether 
what  we  suppose  to  be  discrepancies  were  really  such  to  the  first 
readers,  and  whether  theu'  having  ti*ansmitted  the  books  as  authentic, 
in  spite  of  such  difficulties,  does  not  in  itself  remove  the  greater  part  of 
theii*  alleged  force,  and  whether  the  difficulties  do  not  afford  some 


112  APPENDIX. 

proof  of  the  truth,  honesty,  and  absence  of  all  imposition  in  the  whole 
matter* 

We  need  not  undervalue  the  pains  which  have  been  taken  to  discuss 
each  particular  difficulty,  and  to  show  that  each  is  really  groundless : 
but  in  doLag  this  we  must  not  forget  the  antecedent  vaiitage-ground 
which  we  possess  in  the  evidence  of  historic  transmission ;  this  meets 
many  a  difficulty ;  this  enables  us  to  say  (whether  we  can  explain  the 
objection  or  not),  the  contemporaries  of  the  wTiter  received  the  record 
such  as  it  is,  and  ihef/  have  thus  transmitted  it  as  authentic  to  us ;  they 
had  all  the  facts  before  them,  and  they  are  authorities  to  us  that  the 
difficulties  are  no  impeachment  to  the  authenticity.  Thus  will  evidence 
of  historic  transmission  from  them  remove  objections  even  before  ex- 
plaining them. 

But  from  the  proved  historical  fact  of  Christianity,  as  recorded  in 
the  New  Testament,  other  consequences  result,  Christianity  must  be 
a  revelation  from  God,  authoritatively  confirmed  to  us  by  Him.  The 
whole  of  the  miraculous  impress  which  the  New  Testament  history 
bears  is  a  proof  of  this ; — a  proof  which  can  only  be  avoided  by  denj'ing 
that  the  events  took  place :  that  is,  by  denying  that  the  New  Testa- 
ment presents  to  us  historic  realities.  If  the  according  testimony  of 
competent  witnesses  be  not  a  sufficient  proof  of  the  reality  of  the  New 

*  The  solution  of  the  difficulty  in  Luke  ii.,  appears  to  be  found  in  two  things ; 
the  force  of  the  word  rendered  "taxing,"  and  the  full  import  of  "  was  made"; 
—  "  this  taxing  v,'a.3  Jirst  made."  The  word  "  taxing"  is  quite  as  extensive  in  its 
import  as  our  term  assessment;  we  may  say  that  an  assessment  has  been  made, 
as  soon  as  it  is  determined  how  much  must  be  paid  by  each  individual ;  but  the 
thing  is  not  complete  until  the  sum  assessed  has  actually  been  paid.  Just  so  the 
taxing,  or  rather  enrolment.  The  expression  "  was  made  "  seems  to  be  equiva- 
lent to  "  was  carried  into  effect,"  or  "  was  finished  "  (as  in  Heb,  iv.  3),  "  This 
enrolment  was  first  carried  out  when  Cyrenius  was  governor  of  Syria,"  It  is  in 
vain  to  say  that  this  rendering  would  not  have  been  thought  of  except  to  avoid 
a  difficulty.  We  know  that  St.  Luke  was  perfectly  aware  of  the  facts  ;  we  know, 
therefore,  that  he  coidd  not  have  intended  to  say  that  Cyrenius  had  been  gover- 
nor of  Syria  prior  to  our  Lord's  birth  :  he  could  not,  therefore,  have  used  these 
words  unless  they  admitted  truly  of  a  difT'creut  sense.  When  words  are  capable 
of  divers  senses,  that  must  be  taken  which  we  know  to  be  the  writer's  meaning. 
Who  imagines  that  St.  John  (vii.  39)  teaches  the  non-existence  of  the  Holy 
Ghost  prior  to  the  glorification  of  Christ  ?  If  any  one  were  now  to  write  that 
"the  French  revolution  was  completed  in  the  empire  of  Napoleon,"  who  would 
charge  him  witli  confounding  1789  and  iHOi,  or  with  representing  Buonaparte 
as  an  actor  in  the  scenes  of  the  former  period  ? 


APPENDIX.  113 

Testament  miracles,  then  is  no  conceivable  degree  of  evidence  sufficient 
to  persuade  men  that  God  has  thus  confu-mcd  a  revelation  of  Ilis  will, 
intended  to  teach  the  way  of  forgiveness  and  salvation. 

But  the  character  of  the  facts  does  not  really  affect  the  evidence ;  if 
it  be  good  in  so  far  as  it  testifies  that  Jesus  Christ  was  crucified,  it  is 
equally  good  in  its  attestation  that  He  rose  from  the  dead :  if  it  be  good 
in  its  testimony  that  Jesus  was  a  teacher,  then  it  is  just  as  valid  in 
declaring  that,  in  proof  of  his  mission,  he  did  such  works  as  no  other 
man  did.  And  further,  the  living  multitude  of  Christians,  when  the 
Kew  Testament  books  were  written,  were  themselves  witnesses  to  the 
signs  and  wonders  wrought  by  the  Apostles,  in  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ  of  Nazareth. 

Thus  then  did  the  writers  of  the  New  Testament  claim  the  place  of 
authoritative  teachers  of  the  revelation  which  God  had  given,  and  thus 
fully  did  they  substantiate  that  claim.  The  New  Testament  professes 
an  authority,  that  though  written  by  men,  yet  that  it  contains  not  the 
mere  words  of  men,  but  the  words  of  God  Himself.  The  Apostles  claim 
nothing  short  of  this :  the  promises  of  Chi'ist  to  this  effect  are  recorded 
in  the  Gospels,  and  in  aU  their  authoritative  teaching  they  show  that 
they  claimed  inspiration.  This  may  be  briefly  described  as  being  such 
an  operation  of  the  Holy  Ghost  on  them,  that  they  wrote  not  as  mere 
men,  but  as  those  whom  He  qualified  and  endowed  for  the  writing  of 
Scripture ;  so  that,  without  their  individuality  having  been  at  all  de- 
stroyed, they  wrote  those  things  which  God  saw  fit  that  they  should 
write,  and  in  such  a  way  as  He  was  pleased  to  appoint. 

Inspiration  may  or  may  not  be  accompanied  with  a  communication 
of  new  truth:  in  the  former  case  there  would  be  revelation ;  but  in- 
spiration is  as  much  needed  to  write  authoritativehj  known  facts  as  it 
is  to  communicate  new  truth ;  else  why  should  such  and  such  facts  be 
selected,  and  others  be  passed  by  ?  To  record  precepts  and  doctrines 
atdhoritativeh/,  inspiration  was  as  necessary  as  it  was  to  declare  things 
before  unknown  to  man:  and  this  inspiration  the  New  Testament 
writers  claim ;  this  inspiration  was  confii-med  by  the  miracles  which 
they  wrought ;  this  inspiration  was  pi'omised  by  our  Loi'd  when  He 
unfolded  to  his  Apostles  the  relation  in  which  the  Holy  Ghost  should 
stand  to  them ;  and  this  inspu-ation  was  owned  by  contemporaries  as 
attaching  to  our  New  Testament  books,  inasmuch  as  they  received 
them,  making  as  they  do  such  exalted  claims. 


114  APPENDIX. 

One  important  consequence,  flowing  from  the  proved  authoi'ship  of 
tlie  New  Testament  books,  bears  directly  upon  the  authority  of  the 
Old  Testament,  Our  Lord  and  his  Apostles  constantly  refer  to  that 
collection  of  Hebrew  Scriptures  as  being  authoritative.  They  appeal 
to  them  as  being  so  fully  from  God,  that  their  statements  could  in  no 
way  be  set  aside.  "  The  Scripture  cannot  be  broken,"  was  the  declara- 
tion of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  with  which  he  met  the  opposition  of  the 
Jews.  "  The  Law,  the  Prophets,  and  the  Psalms,"  were  alike  brought 
forward  as  direct  declarations  of  the  truth  of  God,  through  his  ancient 
sei'vants.  ^^ The  Holy  Ghost  saiih"  introduces  a  passage  from  a 
Psalm.  Thus,  if  the  authority  of  the  Old  Testament  be  impugned 
by  an}',  it  is  incumbent  on  them  first  to  disprove  the  revelation  which 
God  has  given  in  the  New.  If  the  books  of  the  New  Testament  are 
indeed  genuine,  they  contain  a  revelation  fi*om  God  confii-med  by 
miracles,  especially  that  crowning  miracle  of  the  resurrection  of  Christ, 
— a  fact  which  was  believed  on  testimony,  and  which  raised  up  in  the 
world  the  body  of  men  called  Christians :  but  if  the  New  Testament 
be  a  revelation  from  God,  then  it  confirms  the  Old,  and  sanctions  as 
divine  those  very  books  which  the  Jews  then  held,  and  still  hold  fast, 
as  having  been  written  by  inspiration.  The  sanction  given  by  Christ 
and  his  Apostles  to  particular  books  is  a  sanction  to  the  collection  as 
such;  it  is,  however,  interesting  to  see  that  particular  books,  which 
some  have  opposed,  are  distinctly  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament  as 
possessed  of  full  authoi'ity.  Thus,  some  have  chosen  to  deny  that  the 
book  of  Daniel  was  really  the  production  of  a  prophet  in  Babylon,  in 
the  days  of  Nebuchadnezzar  and  his  successors,  and  they  have  assumed 
that  the  book  must  have  been  written  in  or  after  the  days  of  the  Mac- 
cabees. But  all  this  theory  is  at  once  set  aside  by  our  Lord's  declara- 
tion, ""When  ye  see  the  abomination  of  desolation,  spoken  of  by 
Daniel  the  prophet  (let  him  that  readeth  understand)."  So  too  as  to 
the  Pentateuch,  which  some  have  chosen  to  assert  was  a  work  of  an 
age  long  posterior  to  that  of  Moses ;  but  our  Lord  says  of  Moses,  "  He 
wrote  of  me," 

It  is  when  the  testimony  of  Christ  and  his  Apostles  to  the  Hebrew 
Scriptures  is  borne  in  mind,  that  we  are  able  fully  to  understand  the 
extent  of  their  confirmed  declarations  of  the  inspiration  of  Scripture. 
They  teach  the  inspiration  of  the  Old  Testament  in  the  higliest  sense; 
they  claim  no  less  authority  for  the  writings  of  the  New.    "  All  Scrip- 


APPENDIX.  115 

ture  is  given  by  inspii-ation  of  God,  and  is  profitable  for  doctrine,  for 
reproof,  for  correction,  for  instruction  in  righteousness,  that  the  man 
of  God  may  be  perfect,  throughly  furnished  unto  all  good  works." 

Thus,  we  have  du'ect  teaching  as  to  the  authoritative  inspiration  of 
Scripture,  and  also  as  to  its  siijficiency.  No  communication  of  facts, 
doctrines,  or  precepts  can  pertain  to  the  thorough  fm'nishing  of  the 
man  of  God  which  is  not  found  in  the  treasury  of  Holy  Scripture,  or 
which  may  not  be  clearly  exhibited  therefrom. 

These  considerations  as  to  the  authority  and  sufficiency  of  Scriptui-e 
are  deeply  important  at  the  present  day,  when  so  many  efforts  are 
made,  clad  in  a  garb  of  seeming  wisdom,  so-called  spiritualism*  and 
profound  philosophy,  to  set  aside  one  or  the  other  of  these  vital  truths. 

There  are  those  who  stigmatise  a  right  and  reverential  regard  for  the 
authority  of  Holy  Scripture  as  "  Bibliolati-y  ";t  and  then  we  are  told  by 


*  The  use  of  terms  is  often  strange  :  "  spiritualism  "  is  now  used  to  signify  an 
-i$m  from  which  all  Christianity  has  been  spirited  away. 

t  Perhaps  the  word  "  Bibliolatry"  would  not  pass  current  if  it  were  remem- 
bered that  it  seems  to  have  originated  with  Lessiug,  the  publisher  of  the  once 
celebrated  "  Wolfenbiittel  Fragments."  Lessing  held  the  post  of  Ducal 
Librarian  at  Wolfenbiittel,  and  he  published  at  Brunswick,  between  1773  and 
1781,  a  periodical,  entitled,  "  Contributions  to  History  and  Literature,  out  of  the 
Treasures  of  the  Ducal  Library  at  Wolfenbiittel"  (Beitrage  zur  Geschichte  und 
Literatur,  aus  den  Schiitzen  der  Herzoglichen  Bibliothek  zu  Wolfenbiittel). 
In  the  fourth  volume  (principally)  of  this  work  (1777),  he  gave,  as  if  from  a  MS. 
found  in  the  Wolfenbiittel  library,  fragments  of  an  anonymous  writer,  the 
object  of  which  was  to  represent  the  Evangelists  as  wilful  and  intentional 
deceivers.  In  these  "fragments"  almost  every  sceptical  objection  might  be 
found  gathered  together,  and  thus  they  have  formed  an  arsenal  for  later 
opposers.  Lessing,  in  publishing  the  fragments,  professed  that  the  objections 
were  inconclusive,  etc.,  but  this  was  a  mere  piece  of  poHcy,  as  was  his  statement 
that  he  published  them  to  show  his  impartiality.  It  has  since  been  ascertained 
that,  so  far  from  the  fragments  having  been  the  production  of  an  unknown 
writer  of  an  earher  age,  they  were  written  by  Reimarus,  at  Hamburg ;  and  so 
far  from  their  having  been  deposited  (as  some  supposed)  in  the  hbrary  of  Wolf- 
enbiittel, to  be  found  by  Lessing,  Dr.  Schijuemann,  the  hbrarian  at  that  place 
in  1850,  informed  me  that  Eeimarus  sent  tliem  from  Hamburg  to  his  friend 
Lessing,  and  that  thus  they  never  had  any  actual  connection  with  the  hbrary  at 
all.  Such  were  the  deceptions  connected  ^vith  this  attack  on  the  Bible.  Wri- 
ters, like  Lessing  and  Reimarus,  who  sought  iu  underhand  ways  to  destroy  the 
authority  of  Scripture,  might  litly  term  any  respect  for  the  word  of  God  "  Bib- 
liolatry"; but  let  none  use  such  a  word  as  this,  unless  they  wish  to  be  identified 
with  those  who  desire  secretly  to  undermine  all  Christian  behef,  and  dishonestly 
to  introduce  a  mere  negative  deism. 


116  APPENDIX. 

such  that  thcu'  faith  requires  living  realities,  and  not  dead  histories. 
But  what  is  meant  by  "  living  realities,"  as  opposed  to  "  dead  histories"  ? 
It  almost  reminds  one  of  the  contrast  drawn  by  Festus,  when  he  spoke 
of  "  one  Jesus  that  was  dead,  whom  Paul  affirmed  to  be  aliveP  Our 
object  of  faith  is  not  a  mere  history,  but  it  is  that  Person  of  whom  that 
history  teaches.  What  do  we  know  of  any  Christ,  unless  we  receive 
the  Scripture  testimony  to  Ilim  wlio  laid  down  his  life  as  a  sacrifice, 
and  rose  again  ?  The  Scripture,  even  though  it  may  be  termed  "  a  dead 
history "  by  scorn  or  ignorance,  is  that  which  authoritatively  teaches 
us  living  realities :  it  presents  to  us  the  living  person  of  Jesus,  the  Son 
of  God,  as  the  object  of  faith ;  it  points  us  to  Him  as  the  Saviour  of  all 
that  come  unto  God  by  Him.  It  is  in  vain  for  "  spii'itualism  "  (as  it  is 
called)  to  ask  for  something  more  "refined"  than  this;  the  cross  of 
Jesus  Christ  is  still  the  real  offence,  as  it  was  of  old,  and  thus  it  is  that 
all  that  relates  to  a  crucified  Saviour  is  depreciated  as  a  dead  history. 
Oh!  that  " spiritualists"  would  be  content  to  learn  from  God,  instead 
of  forming  their  own  thoughts  as  to  what  religion  ought  to  be ! 

There  are  some  who,  without  professing  to  object  to  the  doctrines  of 
Christianity  as  commonly  held,  speak  in  a  lax  and  derogatory  manner 
of  Scripture.  They  represent  it  as  though  it  were  true  and  useful,  but 
still  not  of  paramount  importance.  Amongst  these,  such  expressions 
may  be  heard  as  "  a  dead  letter  "  applied  to  the  Scripture ;  and  this  is 
contrasted  with  the  living  Spirit,  by  whom  soxils  must  be  vivified. 
Now,  while  it  is  quite  true  that  He  who  potentially  applieth  the 
truth  of  Scripture  to  our  souls  is  the  living  Spirit  of  the  Most  High 
God,  yet  it  was  that  same  Spmt  who  Himself  gave  forth  the  Scripture, 
and  who  has  embodied  therein  the  whole  compass  of  that  truth  which 
infinite  wisdom  has  seen  fit  to  reveal.  Why  should  we  be  told  of  "  a 
dead  letter"  ?  The  hearts  of  men  may  be  unable  to  receive  and  use  the 
truths  of  Scripture,  but  this  is  no  reason  for  depreciating  the  Scripture 
itself;  it  is  the  heart,  the  feelings  and  the  spiritual  affections  of  the 
reader  that  are  dead,  and  not  that  record  of  God's  truth,  which  testifies 
how  life  and  healing  are  imparted  to  the  dead  and  sin-stricken  soul. 

Sentiments  sometimes  appear  to  assume  a  form  which  has  been  em- 
bodied (perhaps  with  the  desire  of  giving  dcllniteness  to  the  opinions 
oi others)  in  the  sentence,  "If  every  liible  were  destroyed  to-day,  there 


APPENDIX.  117 

would  still  be  as  much  vital  piety  in  the  world  to-morrow."  If  this 
thought  has  in  this  form  actually  passed  through  any  mind,  it  can  only 
arise  from  great  inconsiderateness,  or  from  great  misapprehension, — 
misapprehension  both  as  to  what  the  authority  of  the  Bible  is,  and  as 
to  the  meaning  of  vital  piety.  If  any  one  were  to  say,  "  If  all  the  food 
in  the  world  were  to  be  destroyed  to-day,  there  would  be  as  many  per- 
sons as  before  alive  to-morrow  morning,"  it  would  be  felt  to  be  an 
assertion  true  in  itself,  but  still  utterly  meaningless  as  an  argument 
that  we  are  not  sustained  by  food.  God,  if  he  pleases,  can  maintain 
natural  life  without  natural  sustenance,  and  so  He  can  keep  his  people 
in  spiritual  well-being  without  Scripture ;  but  still  the  constituted 
relations  of  things,  in  the  spheres  of  what  is  natural  and  what  is  spiri- 
tual, are  not  at  all  disproved.  If  it  would  be  an  act  of  madness  to  cast 
away  food  because  God,  the  Omnipotent,  can  sustain  our  life  without 
it,  must  it  not  be  a  proof  of  yet  deeper  blindness  if  we  despise  holy 
Scripture,  from  which  cometh  our  spu'itual  sustainment  ?  If  God  sent 
Elijah  forty  days'  journey  into  the  wilderness,  where  there  was  no  food. 
He  miraculously  upheld  him ;  so  if  God  places  any  of  his  people  where 
they  are  deprived  of  Scripture  (whether  as  read  or  heard,  it  matters 
not).  He  can  supply  the  need.  If  every  Bible  in  this  land  were  de- 
stroyed this  day,  what  would  the  spii'itual  condition  of  England  soon 
be  ?  Would  vital  Godliness  increase  or  decline  ?  Let  the  condition  of 
countries  deprived  of  the  Scriptures,  or  let  the  condition  of  England 
before  the  Reformation,  supply  an  answer.  Instead  of  thus  speculating, 
let  us  be  humbly  thankful  that  God,  in  his  good  providence,  permits  us 
the  free  use  of  his  holy  Word,  and  let  us  desire  and  pray  that  its  true 
and  living  power  may  be  the  more  known. 

A  right  apprehension  of  the  evidence  which  authenticates  the  New 
Testament  books,  and  which  shows  the  plenary  character  of  that  reve- 
lation which  they  contain,  would  do  much  to  hinder  the  reception  of 
the  lax  sentiments  to  which  reference  has  been  made.  Indeed,  it  is  not 
a  little  remarkable,  how  sensitive  on  the  subject  do  those  show  them- 
selves to  be  who  seek  to  depreciate  Scripture :  they  habitually  represent 
Christian  evidence  as  unsatisfactory  and  inconclusive.  They  make  some 
spii'itualiscd  notion  of  what  is  true  and  divine,  which  they  hold  in 
their  own  minds,  the  ultimate  standard.  But  is  Christian  evidence 
unsatisfactory  ?  It  may  be  so  to  those  who  have  never  ri^'litly  directed 
their  attention  to  it,  and  who  feel  that  to  ihe'^n  it  would  be  most  un- 


118  APPENDIX. 

satisfactory  to  receive  objective  truths  bearing  on  theii*  conscience,  and 
bumbling  them  in  the  dust  before  God  as  sinners  condemned  and  lost, 
instead  of  their  being  allowed  to  speculate  freely  on  questions  of  re- 
ligion, as  though  they  were  known  intuitively.  Is  Christian  evidence 
inconclusive  ?  If  it  be,  then  must  all  other  evidence  be  inconclusive 
likewise :  he  who  is  ignorant  of  any  science  may  pronounce  all  proofs 
connected  with  it  to  be  inconclusive,  because  he  possesses  no  com- 
petency of  mind  to  apprehend  their  force ;  and  just  so  as  to  Christian 
evidence,  it  can  only  be  inconclusive  to  him  who  understands  it  not. 
It  is  worthy  of  note,  that  the  very  persons  who  complain  of  the  incon- 
clusiveness  and  unsatisfactoriness  of  historic  proof,  are  themselves  by 
no  means  void  of  confidence  in  the  certainty  of  the  thoughts  which  they 
maintain  from  theii'  own  feelings,  without  any  proof  at  aU. 

Partial  views  of  truth  and  of  Christian  doctrine  sometimes  tend,  in 
their  results,  to  the  rejection  of  some  part  of  Scripture,  and  to  laxity 
with  regard  to  all.  In  opposition  to  this  it  may  be  said,  that  a  firm 
grasp  of  the  authority  of  Scripture,  on  grounds  of  historic  evidence, 
may  be  an  important  means  of  hindering  partial  views  of  Christian 
truth. 

Partial  views  of  truth  sometimes  show  themselves  in  the  importance 
attached  to  the  New  Testament  system  of  ethics,  forgetful  that  doctrine 
is  there  always  the  basis  of  instruction ;  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  own 
Christ  as  an  authoritative  teacher,  without  acknowledging  Him  as  a 
Divine  Eedeemer. 

It  is  in  vain  for  any  to  speak  of  "  Christianity"  as  "a  system  of 
morals,  destined  to  renovate  human  nature  by  its  elevating  influence"; 
it  is  not  intended  to  enable  man  to  raise  himself  to  the  presence  of  God 
by  his  own  powers ;  it  does  not  regenerate  man  by  teaching  him  morally 
to  reform  himself,  but  its  basis  is  redemption, — a  work  performed  by 
the  Son  of  God  according  to  the  appointment  of  the  Father ;  a  deliver- 
ance wrought  /or  us,  and  not  any  mere  influence  brought  to  act  on  us. 
It  is  in  vain  to  speak  of  Christian  principles  moulding  the  hearts  and 
feelings  of  any,  unless  they  first  of  all  are  brought  to  rest  upon  the 
sacrifice  of  Christ  for  them,  as  that  alone  by  which  guilty  man  can  be 
accepted  by  God  the  holy  and  just. 

The  results  flowing  from  partial  views  of  Christian  truth  may  be  easily 


APPENDIX.  119 

illustratecl.  Some  bare  regarded  the  revelation  of  God  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment as  wholly  a  declaration  of  love ; — so  much  so  as  to  deny  that  there 
is  properly  on  God's  part  actual  wrath  now  against  sinners.  "  God  so 
loved  the  world,  that  He  gave  his  only-begotten  Son,"  is  the  one  truth 
which  they  would  press,  forgetful  that  the  same  chapter  in  which  this 
is  written  contains  also, "  He  that  believeth  not  the  Son  shall  not  see  life, 
hut  the  wrath  of  God  ahideth  on  him."  If  there  be  no  angei\  properly 
speaking,  on  God's  part  against  sin,  all  doctrinal  statements  which 
represent  this  as  the  fact  are  looked  on,  of  course,  as  antiquated  delu- 
sions. Thus,  the  second  article  of  the  Church  of  England,  that  Christ 
**  truly  suffered,  was  crucified,  dead  and  buried,  to  reconcile  his  Father 
to  us,"  is  set  aside  as  superfluous  and  incorrect.  They  say  that  man 
needed  to  be  reconciled  to  God,  not  God  to  man ;  and  thus,  instead  of 
seeing  the  perfect  truth  of  the  doctrine  of  the  article  (though  God 
might  have  been  more  precise  than  "  his  Father,"  as  it  is  here  no  q(s^q%' 
Hon  oi personality) y  one  part  of  God's  revelation  as  to  reconciliation  is 
set  aside.  It  is  quite  true  that  the  Scripture  teaches  that  man's  heart 
is  enmity  against  God ;  and  if  there  be  reconciliation,  the  enmity  must 
first  be  removed ;  but  it  is  equally  true  that  a  real  sacrifice  of  pro- 
pitiation must  be  made,  in  order  that  God's  wrath  may  not  fall  upon 
the  sinner.  But  if  reconciliation  be  looked  on  as  only  on  the  part  of 
man,  what  becomes  of  the  reality  of  a  sacrifice  for  sin  in  the  death  of 
Chi'ist  ?  And  this  is,  in  fact,  the  turning  point  of  the  whole  matter  as 
to  God's  revelation.  Was  the  death  of  Christ  a  proper  sacrifice  or  not  ? 
The  Scripture  leaves  us  in  no  doubt.  He  died  as  bearing  the  weight  of 
our  sins ;  He  received  the  wrath  (real  and  actual  wrath)  from  the  hand 
of  God,  as  our  substitute  and  surety ;  and  it  is  on  Him  that  his  be- 
lieving people  confide,  knowing  that  as  He  is  God,  so  all  that  He  did 
has  an  infinite  value,  and  as  He  is  also  man.  He  was  capable  of  dying 
in  the  stead  of  men. 

The  moment  that  any  deny  that  it  was  needful  for  God  to  be  recon- 
ciled to  man,  the  reality  of  the  sacrificial  character  of  Christ's  death  is 
affected,  and  thus  all  that  relates  to  his  having  given  Himself  for  us 
becomes  somewhat  metaphorical. 

Results  soon  follow :  the  propitiatory  sacrifice  of  Christ  is  let  go ;  for 
if  there  be  not  real  anger  on  God's  part,  why  could  it  be  needed  ?  The 
reality  of  his  Godhead  and  incarnation  are  then  loosely  held,  and  He  is 
regarded  either  as  divine  only  in  some  sense,  or  else  as  a  mere  man. 


120  APPENDIX. 

Forthwith  the  Scriphire  is  set  aside :  all  that  describes  Him  as  God 
over  all,  blessed  for  ever,  is  rejected,  either  by  the  denial  of  its  authority, 
or  else  by  such  a  perversion  of  words  as  would  be  iuadiuissible  on  any 
other  subject. 

But  besides  this  laxity  of  mind  as  to  all  Scripture,  another  definite 
resxilt  has  followed.  It  has  been  felt  that  if  atonement  and  sacrifice  are 
not  Christian  ideas,  then  the  Law  of  Moses  could  be  no  revelation  from 
God,  and  therefore  it  has  been  distinctly  denied  to  be  such.  This  de- 
nial is  indeed  an  unconscious  testimony  to  the  actual  unity  of  mind 
■which  pervades  Eevelation. 

What  is  this  but  taking  from  our  hands  both  chart  and  compass,  and 
leaving  us  to  float  as  winds  and  waves  may  guide  ? 

In  another  country  the  result  mentioned  has  been  reached  through 
the  steps  described :  may  all  such  conchisions  be  a  warning  to  us,  and 
may  we  learn  so  to  hold  fast  intelligently  the  authority  of  Scripture,  as 
to  reject  with  enUghtened  consciousness  whatever  theories  would  lead 
to  such  results ! 

On  the  one  hand,  we  see  how  Rome-ward  tendencies  are  at  work, 
leading  minds  into  subjection  to  mere  authority  which  is  not  of  God ; — 
on  the  other  hand,  we  see  opposing  tendencies  to  cast  off  the  acknow- 
ledgment of  all  actual  authoritj^ — of  all  objective  certainty  in  religion. 
Historic  evidence  presents  us  a  ground  on  which  our  feet  may  rest 
firmly,  rejecting  alike  subjection  of  mind  to  papal  claims,  irrespective  of 
individual  conscience  before  God,  and  the  rationalistic,  Straussian 
system,  which  leaves  but  a  religion  of  negations. 

Let  the  authority  of  God  in  his  word  be  upheld ;  let  the  grounds  of 
this  be  intelhgently  stated,  and  then  it  may  be  a  safeguard  against  both 
these  forms  of  error ;  and  thus  many  may  continue  to  prove,  through 
the  mercy  of  God,  that  holy  Scripture  is  able  to  make  wise  unto  sal- 
vation, thi'ough  faith  which  is  in  Christ  Jesus. 


IN  prepaea'tion. 

THE  GREEK  NEW  TESTAMENT, 

EDITED  FEOM  ANCIENT  AUTHOEITIES, 
WITH  THE 

VARIOUS  EEADINGS  OF  ALL  THE  ANCIENT  MSS., 

THE 

ANCIENT  VERSIONS,  AND   EARLIER  ECCLESIASTICAL 
WRITERS  (TO  EUSEBIUS  INCLUSIVE), 

TOGETHER  WITH 

THE  LATIN  VERSION  OF  JEROME, 
FROM  THE  CODEX  AMIATINUS  OF  THE   SIXTH  CENTURY. 

By  S.  p.  TREGELLES,  LL.D. 


The  object  of  this  proposed  Edition  may  be  briefly  explained.  All  ancient 
works  have  come  down  to  us  Avith  varioics  readings,  arising  from  mistakes  of 
transcribers,  or  from  endeavours  to  correct  such  mistakes.  The  Holy  Scrip- 
tures, given  by  Divine  inspiration,  have  been  subject  to  the  same  casualties 
in  their  transmission  as  other  works.  Hence  it  is  needful  to  resort  to  critical 
authorities,  in  order  to  edit  the  books  of  Holy  Scripture  as  correctly  as 
possible. 

The  earliest  printed  editions  of  the  Greek  New  Testament  were  based  on 
but  a  feAv  ]\ISS.  of  comparatively  recent  date  ;  while  in  the  course  of  the  last 
three  centuries,  not  a  few  ancient  and  authoritative  MSS.  have  come  to  light. 
Hence  it  is  of  deep  importance  to  all  those  who  value  the  Word  of  God,  that 
the  New  Testament  should  be  edited  from  the  best  and  most  ancient  autho- 
rities, instead  of  traditionally  adhering  to  the  common  text.  It  is  not  taking 
any  liberty  with  the  sacred  text  thus  to  recur  to  the  ancient  copies ;  it  is,  on 
the  contrary,  treating  it  with  that  veneration  which  those  should  show,  who 
desire  to  use  it  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the  words  in  which  the  Holy  Ghost 
gave  it  forth. 

With  this  object,  the  Editor  has  been  for  many  years  engaged  in  the  colla- 
tion of  ]\ISS.,  etc.,  in  order  that  he  may  give  the  authorities  of  the  text  as 
accurately  as  possible.  This  has  involved  the  necessity  of  examining  the 
3ISS.  themselves,  in  Italy,  France,  Switzerland,  and  Germany,  as  well  as  in 
English  libraries ;  he  lias  thus  been  able  to  collate  for  himself  most  of  the 
ancient  documents. 


In  preparing  the  text,  he  makes  ancient  evidence  the  ground  on  whicli 
every  tcord  rests ;  and  the  authoHties  are  so  stated,  that  it  may  be  at  once 
seen  what  witnesses  uphold,  and  what  oppose  each  reading. 

The  whole  of  the  materials  are  now  in  a  state  of  considerable  preparation ; 
and  in  hope  that  the  whole  mil  soon  be  ready  for  the  press,  the  Editor  wishes 
to  give  all  publicity  to  this  labour  in  which  he  is  engaged  in  connection  with 
the  Text  of  God's  Holy  Word,  since  the  publication  of  such  an  undertaking 
must  necessarily  depend  on  liis  obtaining  a  sufficient  number  of  subscribers. 

To  be  published  in  One  Volume,  ito.,  Price  ^3  3s. 

Specimen  pages  have  been  prepared,  and  may  be  obtained  on  application  to 
the  Editor,  6,  Portland  Square,  Tlymouth. 


THE   BOOK   OF   REVELATION, 

Translated  from  the  Ancient  Greek  Text.    By  S.  T.  Tregelles,  LL.D. 

Foolscap  8vo.,  cloth  2s. 

To  this  is  appended  "  A  Prospectus  of  a  Critical  Edition  of  the  Greek  New 

Testament,  now  in  preparation,  with  an  Historical  Sketch  of 

the  Printed  Text." 


THE   JANSENISTS; 

Their  Rise,  Persecutions  by  the  Jesuits,  and  Existing  Remnant ;  a  Chapter 
in  Church  History.  By  S.  P.  Tregelles,  LL.D.  Witli  Portraits  and  Illus- 
trations, one  volimie,  post  8vo.,  in  very  neat  cloth,  and  lettered,  3s.  6d. 


In  the  Press. 

REMARKS   ON  THE   PROPHETIC  VISIONS 
IN  THE  BOOK  OF  DANIEL. 

By  S.  P.  Teegelles,  LL.D.     Second  Edition,  revised. 


S.  BAGSTER  AND  SONS,  15,  PATERNOSTER  ROW. 


SAMUEL  BAGSTER  AND  SONS 

15,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  LONDON, 

Issue  GEATciTousLT,  AND  SEND  FREE  BY  POST,  Catalogues  of  their  various  Bibles  in 
different  languages,  for  2}od:ct,  study,  or  family  use;  also  of  the  Kew  Testa- 
ment, and  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  as  well  as  Concordances  and  Lexicons; 
Grammars,  Psalters,  and  Biblical  Worlcs  in  greai  variety. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  CATALOGUE. 


H     KAINH     A1A0HKH. 

THE   LAKGE-PRINT    CRITICAL   GREEK  NEW 

TESTAMENT. 

This  Edition  of  the  Greek  New  Testament  has  been  prepared  to  meet  the 
often-expressed  want  of  a  critical  edition  convenient  for  general  use,  and  in  type 
sujiicientty  large  for  habitual  reading. 

The  Text  is  printed  in  very  large  type,  with  the  critical  results  of  the  labours 
of  Griesbach,  Scholz,  Lachmann,  and  Tischendorf,  in  the  form  of  marginal 
Readings ;  together  with  selected  references  to  parallel  Tassages,  etc. 

One  handsome  Volume,  octavo,  price  12s. 

The  Septdagint  is  published  uniform  in  size. 


THE    POCKET    CRITICAL    GREEK    AND 
ENGLISH    TESTAMENT.  , 

The  Greek  Text  of  Scholz  ;  with  the  English  Authorised  Version  according  to 
the  edition  of  IGII ;  with  the  various  Readings  of  Griesbach,  of  the  Textus 
lieceptus,  1C33,  of  Stephens's  Tliird  Edition  (1550),  and  of  Beza,  1598. 

Small  rocket  Volume,  price  8s. 

In  morocco  plain,  gilt  leaves,  1  Is.  ad. 

In  Turkey  morocco,  elegant  gilt  leaves,  1 4s. 

On  Writing  Paper,  with  wide  margins  for  MS.  Notes,  cloth  lettered,  10s.  (kl. 


INTRODUCTION  TO  THE   NEW  TESTAMENT, 

Containing  an  examination  of  the  most  Important  (Questions  relating  to 

the  Autliority,  Interpretation,  and  lntfj,n-ity  of  the  Canonical 

Books,  witli  reference  to  the  latest  'inipiiries. 

By  Samcel  Davidson,  D.  D.  of  the  University  of  llalle,  and  LL.D. 

There  is  no  safety  in  our  being  ignorant  of  the  modes  in  whicli  truth  is  attacked  ; 
it  is  only  by  sound  and  accurate  learning  that  the  authority  of  Scripture  and 
ortliodoxy  of  beliefoan  be  maintained. 

The  rublisliers  believe  that  tliis  work,  now  complete,  will  be  found  a  valuable 
addition  to  every  Biblical  Student's  library. 

In  Three  Volumes,  octavo,  price  £2. 


BAGSTER'S  COMPREHENSIVE  BIBLE, 

For  the  Family,  the  Study,  and  the  Pulpit. 

Complete  in  One  Volume,  with.  Coloured  Blaps,  Family  Register,  and  other 
valuable  addenda. 

I.  The  Text  (which  is  an  accurate  reprint  of  tlie  most  esteemed  edition  of  the 
Authorised  Version)  is  printed  in  bold  and  clear  type,  in  two  columns,  divided 
by  two  small  centre  columns,  placed  so  as  the  more  easily  to  trace  the  References 
to  parallel  i)assages,  and  the  Explanatory  Notes.  By  this  plan,  tlie  illustration 
is  close  to  the  subject  under  consideration;  and  the  inconvenience  of  distant 
reference  is  avoided. 

II.  Tlie  Parallel  Passages  are  about  .500,000  in  number,  those  of  Blayney, 
Scott,  and  Clarke,  and  those  of  the  English  Version  of  the  Polyglot  Bible,  with 
the  chief  of  those  of  Canne,  Brown,  and  Wilson. 

III.  The  Notes,  which  are  very  numerous,  are  arranged  in  the  centre  columns 
of  each  page,  in  close  proximation  to  the  subject-matter.  They  consist  of  illus- 
trations of.fewish  and  Eastern  Manners,  Customs,  Rites,  and  Ceremonies— Cri- 
tical and  Philological  Observations  — Chronological,  Historical,  and  Classical 
Elucidations— Remarks  on  Sacred  Geography  and  Natural  History,  on  wliich 
much  light  is  thrown. 

IV.  Tlie  Introduction  shows  the  principal  Evidences  of  the  Genuineness,  mi- 
corruptod  1 'reservation.  Authenticity,  and  Inspiration  of  the  Holy  Scriptures, 
with  I)is<iuisitions  on  the  various  Divisions  and  marks  of  Distinction  in  the 
Sacred  AAritings.  A  description  of  the  JIanuscripts  and  early  iirinted  editions 
of  the  Scriptures  ;  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  ;  the  Ancient  Versions  ;  the  Eng- 
lish Version ;  the  Jewish  Writings :  with  notices  of  the  A])ostolical  Fathers,  and 
Doctors  of  the  Church ;  the  Je\vish  Sects,  Factions,  and  Orders  of  Men ;  the 
coins,  weights,  and  measures,  and  the  modes  of  computing  time,  adopted  by  the 
Jews  aiKriiomans ;  with  an  outline  of  the  Geography  and  History  of  the  Coun- 
tries and  Nations  mentioned  in  Scripture. 

V.  To  each  of  the  Books  are  added  a  succinct  account  of  the  title,  author,  date, 
occasion,  and  contents  of  each  book,  with  the  Masorctic  and  other  notes;  as  intro- 
ductory and  concluding  remarks. 

VI.  TlA  volume  has  a  complete  Index  to  the  Bible,  by  which  almost  any  sub- 
ject may  be  readily  referred  to.  An  arrangement  of  the  Headings  of  the  chap- 
ters of  both  Old  and  New  Testament  under  one  view,  forming  a  complete 
Analysis  of  the  Scriptures.  A  Chronological  arrangement  of  the  whole  Scrip- 
tures, to  be  read  as  a  continuous  History.  A  Chronological  index  of  the  events 
of  Scripture  History,  with  which  the  coincident  occurrences  of  General  History 
are  arranged,  to  enable  the  mind  more  readily  to  understand  the  general  train 
of  events. 

The  notes,  which  occur  but  once,  may  be  rfarlily  found  by  reference  to  the  Index ;  by  which  simple 
contrivance  the  notes  are  really  multiplied  to  ten  times  their  apparent  number. 

The  Comprehensive  Bible  is  kept  ready  bound  up  Avith  Crdden's  Concordance, 
the  Psalms  of  the  Church  of  Scotland,  and  the  Apocrypha. 

The  smallest  size  of  the  Comprehensive  Bible,  crown  Quarto  paper,  in  cloth 
binding,  price  24s. 

The  medium  size  of  the  Comprehensive  Bible  is  printed  in  Pica  .Type,  upon 
demy  Quarto  paper,  in  cloth  binding,  price  32s. 

The  larrie  size,  of  the  Comprehensive  Bible  is  printed  upon  fine  royal  Quarto 
paper,  and  forms  a  singularly  handsome  volume,  price  .€'2.  (Is. 

The  larf/est  size  of  the  Comprehensive  Bible  is  printed  upon  tine  Imperial  lorit- 
imi  paper,  with  four  inches  of  margin  for  manuscript  notes,  bound  in  clot)', 
lettered,  price  .£'3. 

A  choice  variety  of  rich  extra  Bindings,  suitable  for  jircscntation  copies,  may 
be  selected  from,  at  the  Warehouse,  15,  I'aternoster  Row. 


BAGSTER'S  XEW  BLANK-PAGED  BIBLE, 

For  Manuscript  Notes,  Registration  of  Sermons,  Philological  Criticisms,  etc. 
In  One  convenient  Octavo  volume. 
The  advantages  to  be  derived  from  a  "  P.lank-I'aoed  Bible."  on  which  the 
results  of  public  teaclung  or  private  study  may  be  recorded  for  future  use,  are 
many  and  obviou;*. 

The  usual  resource  has  been  either  a  Bible  interleaved  vnth  paper,  or  a  Bible 
with  widened  margins;  —  the  first  being  unwieldy,  stiff,  and  inconvenient,  and 
the  other  little  adapted  to  the  exigencies  of  constant  service. 

To  meet  this  want  satisfactorily,  the  present  edition  has  been  devised,  after 
much  consideration  and  experiment:   and  it  is  believed,  that  "the  BLANK- 
PAGED  BIBLE  "  does  completely  obviate  the  difficulty  of  the  interleaved  Bible 
(with  its  stiff  binding,  and  the  obstruction  of  its  white  paper  to  reference  from 
one  part  to  another),  and  the  incommodiousne?s  of  the  large-margined  editions. 
I.  The  Blank-Imaged  Jiible  is  printed  throughout  bn  the  finest  writing- 
paper,  which  allows  of  the  use  of  every  available  space,  without  any 
ink  ajtpearing  through  the  paper. 
II.  The  Blank  ])aper  is  equal  in  quantity  to  the  paper  of  a  Bible  interleaved 
on  the  old  plan. 

III.  ^\J1  the  Blank  pages  are  placed  on  the  right  hand  only,  which  is  far 

more  convenient  for  writing  purposes  than  the  alternate  right  and 
left  arrangement  of  an  interleaved  book. 

IV.  The  Blank  pages  are  all  jjrinted  with  Chapter  and  Verse  headings,  which 

correspond  with  the  printed  pages. 
V.  The  Blank  pages  are  neatly  ruled,  for  economy  of  space,  to  insure  neat- 
ness and  distinctness. 
VI.  The  uniformity  of  the  paper  throughout  allows  of  the  greatest  attainable 
flexibility  in  the  binding. 

VII.  The  Blank-I'age  Bible  is  the  Authorised  Version,  printed  with  the 
largest  possible  type,  iind  enriched  with  original  References,  Tables, 
Maps,  and  a  Blank-paged  Index  of  Subjects.  Kept  bound  up  with 
Cruden's  Concordance,  Apocrypha,  etc. 

In  cloth  lettered,  price  25,s-.   In  "  Bagster's  flexible  Turkey  binding,"  35s.  plain. 

Cruden's  Concordance  to  the  above,  4s.  extra. 

The  Book  of  Common  Prayer  and  New  Version  of  Psalms,  3s.  extra. 

The  Psalms  of  the  Chm'ch  of  Scotland,  Is.  extra. 


THE  MINIATUEE  QUARTO  BIBLE. 

The  characteristics  of  this  Bible  are  handiness  and  legibility ;  it  is  printed  in 
the  largest  Small  Pica  type,  with  critical  and  philological  Notes,  references  to 
parallel  passages,  etc.,  etc  ,  in  a  single  one-handed  beautiful  volume,  on  the 
finest  toned  paper,  and  constitutes  one  of  the  most  beautiful  editions  of  the  Scrip- 
tures ever  prepared. 

Its  size  is  9|  inches  by  7,  and  2  J  inches  tliick. 

With  coloured  maps,  etc.,  bound  in  best  plain  morocco,  jmrice  30s.  M.  Kept  in 
every  variety  of  plain,  flexible,  and  sumptuous  binding,  with  mountings,  etc. 


THE  CHRONOLOGICAL  BIBLE  ATLAS 

Is  a  complete  collection  of  Jlaps  fully  coloured,  with  copious  ncographical  ex- 
planatory matter;  and  an  Engraved  Ciiart  of  the  Worlds  ilistoVy,  wiiich  ex- 
hibits the  ])rogress  of  Sacred  and  Profane  Events  from  the  (.'reation  of  the 
World  to  the  Third  Century  of  the  Christian  Era.    Indexes,  etc.,  etc. 
Small  quarto,  bound  in  half  morocco,  price  10s.  6</.. 


WYLD'S  SCRIPTURE  ATLAS 

Is  an  extensive  series  of  Maps,  in  which  the  position  of  every  locality  and  event 

is  defined.    The  :Maps  are  on  a  large  scale,  to  allow  room  for  this  detail. 

Small  quarto,  half  bound,  price  10s.  Grf., 


THE  POCKET  BIBLE  ATLAS, 

Containing  fourteen  Coloured  IMaps,  and  a  Chronological  Chart  of  Comparative 
History.    Foolscap  octavo,  half  bound,  price  in. 

A  PRACTICAL  GUIDE  TO  THE  GREEK  NEW 
TESTAMENT  ; 

Designed  for  the  use  of  those  who  have  no  knowledge  of  the  Greek  Language, 

but  who  desire  to  read  the  New  Testament  in  the  original. 

Foolscap  octavo,  price  3.s.  Gd. 

The  work  is  intended  to  facilitate  the  study  of  the  Greek  New  Testament;— to 

furnish  the  Student  with  all  the  assistance  which  can  be  afforded,  and  to  lead 

him  on  in  an  accurate  acquaintance  with  the  words  and  phrases  of  the  Greek 

Testament.  

A  POCKET  LEXICON,  GREEK  AND  ENGLISH, 

To  the  New  Testament. 

By  the  Rev.  T.  S.  Green,  M.  A. 

Foolscap  octavo  and  IGmo.,  and  post  octavo,  price  45.  Gd. 

In  this  work,  the  classification  of  imrds  being  an  important  point,  and  one  to 
which  in  modern  works  it  is  expected  that  attention  should  be  paid,  words  are  so 
desisrnatecl  as  to  mark  those  which  belong  to  the  New  Testament  only,  or  to  that 
and  the  Septuagint,  or  to  the  later  Greek  (i.  c.  from  Folybius  inclusive).  In  con- 
nection with  the  classification  of  words,  we  may  mention  r/rt.sw^w/'/onq/"»im?mj^s,- 
to  tliis  attention  has  likewise  been  paid,  so  as  to  distinguish  such  meanings  as  are 
peculiar  to  tlie  New  Testament,  etc.,  etc. 


In  preparation,  uniform  with  the  Large- Print  Greek  Testament, 

GREEK    AND    ENGLISH    LEXICON 

To  the  Septuagint,  and  to  the  New  Testament. 
By  the  Rev.  T.  S.  Geeen,  M.  A. 


THE  INTERLINEARY  HEBREW  AND  ENGLISH 
PSALTER ; 

In  which  the  construction  of  every  Hebrew  word  is  indicated,  and  the  Root  of 

each  distinguished  by  the  use  of  hollow  and  other  types. 
Foolscap  octavo,  price  Gs.    With  a  Hebrew  and  English  Lexicon,  12s.    Also  in 

limp  morocco  for  the  pocket,  'J.s'.    Ditto,  \Gs. 

%*  The  Pocket  Hebrew  and  English  Lexicon,  when  bound  A\ith  tliis  edition  of 

tlie  Psalms,  includes  a  great  deal  of  what  the  Hebraist 

needs  in  a  very  compact  form. 


GESENIUS'S   HEBREW  AND   CHALDEE 
LEXICON  : 

By  Dr.  Tregelles;  with  numerous  Additions  and  Corrections  from  the  Author's 
latest  works,  and  other  sources;  Avith  an  Knglisii-IIebrew  Index.   Third  Edition. 

This  Lexicon  is  not  unsuited  to  the  beginner,  but  is  at  the  same  time  sufficient 
for  the  advanced  scholar. 

Small  4to.    Price,  in  cloth,  28s,  Gd.    Also,  in  strong  flexible  calf,  price  7s.  extra. 


THE  ANALYTICAL  HEBKEW  LEXICON; 

THE  WORDS  OF  THE  ENTIRE  HEBREW  SCRIPTURES  ARE  ARRANGED  JUST  AS  THEY  ARE  FOUND 
IN  THE  SACRED  TEXT,  ALPHABETICALLT,  AND  ARE  GRAMMATICALLY  EXPLAINED. 

The  Analytical  Lexicon  is  — 

I.  A  Lexicon  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  supplying  the  various  meanings  of 

the  various  roots. 
II.  A  Dictionary  of  every  derivative  and  modification  of  every  root,  in  alpha- 
betical order,  \vith  analysis. 

III.  A  storehouse  of  the  anomalies  of  the  language,  carefully  arranged  and 

referred  to  from  all  i)arts  of  the  work. 

IV.  A  Concordance  of  the  least  easily  understood  -words. 

The  student  of  the  original  has  only  to  turn  from  his  Bible  to  this  Lexicon  for 
the  solution  of  every  etymological  difficulty  that  may  ob.struct  his  progress :  he 
will  find,  without  trouble  or  loss  of  time,  a  complete  analysis  of  every  word,  with 
an  account  of  its  peculiarities,  and  a  reference  to  the  conjugation  or  declension 
to  which  it  may  belong,  or  if  it  be  irregular,  to  its  exceptional  class. 

The  GraniTiiatical  Introduction,  is  chiefly  devoted  to  the  study  of  the  irregu- 
larities of  the  language.  Here  will  be  found,  it  is  believed,  eveiy  single  excep- 
tional word,  with  a  concise  explanation  of  its  jieculiarities. 

"  It  is  the  ultimatum  of  Hebrew  Lexicography,  and  will  leave  the  Theologian, 
who  still  remains  ignorant  of  the  Sacred  tongue,  absolutely  without  excuse." — 
Churchman's  Monthly  Ilevieio. 

One  volume  quarto,  price  3t'2  2s.,  cloth.    Kept  bound  in  calf,  flexible  back,  etc. 


THE  ANALYTICAL  LEXICON  TO  THE  GREEK 
NEW  TESTAMENT. 

On  the  same  plan  as  the  Hebrew  Lexicon  above  described. 
An  Alphabetical  arrangement  of  every  word  found  in  the  Greek  Text,  in  every 
form  in  wliich  each  appears  ;  tliat  is  to  say,  every  occurrcnt  j)crson,  number,  tense, 
or  mood  of  verbs,  every  case  and  number  of  nouns,  pronouns,  etc.,  is  placed  in  its 
alphabetical  order,  fully  explained  by  a  careful  grammatical  analysis,  and  re- 
ferred to  its  root ;  so  that  no  uncertainty  as  to  the  grammatical  structure  of  any 
word  can  jierplex  the  beginner ;  but,  assured  of  the  precise  grammatical  force  of 
any  word  he  may  desire  to  interpret,  he  is  able  immediately  to  apply  his  know- 
ledge of  the  English  meaning  of  the  root  with  accuracy  and  satisfaction. 

This  Lexicon  comprises  the  following  features :  — 

I.  A  complete  collection  of  all  the  words,  and  forms  of  words,  used  in  the 

New  Testament,  alphabetically  arranged. 
II.  A  grammatical  analysis  of  every  word ;   in  which  the  construction  of 
each  is  fully  explained,  and  every  irregularity  accounted  for. 

III.  An  indication  of  the  root  of  every  form. 

IV.  A  Lexicon  of  mennimis,  in  wliich  the  signification  is  methodically  ar- 

ranged according  to  its  principal  and  secondary  uses.  The  quantity 
of  the  principal  doubtful  vowels  is  marked  ;  the  classes  of  words  dis- 
tinguished, whether  occurring  first  in  the  later  Greek  period,  or  found 
only  in  the  New  Testament,  or  in  writings  akin  to  it  in  style  or  in- 
fluenced by  it;  and  those  which  occur  also  in  the  Septuagint  and 
Apocrypha. 
V.  A  Conspectus  under  each  root  of  all  the  words  thence  derived. 
VI.  A  citation  of  the  occurrence  of  every  word  found  but  once  in  the  New 

Testament. 
VII.  Tables  of  the  Ver])s,  Nouns,  Pronouns,  etc.;  forming  a  systen  of  Tara- 

digms  for  reference. 
VIII.  Copious  elucidations  of  the  Grammar  of  the  Language,  in  connection 
with  the  Analysis,  and  in  particular  of  the  exceptional  and  irregular 
ibrms. 

One  volume,  quarto,  price  25s..  in  cloth. 


THE   HOLY  VESSELS   AND   FURNITUEE    OF 
THE  TABERNACLE  OF  ISRAEL, 

In  large  Drawings,  on  a  uniform  scale,  with  metallic  illumination  of  the  Gold, 
Silver,  Brass,  etc. ;  tlie  gorgeous  Coverings  being  richly  colom-ed  to  represent 
the  original  fabrics ;  \\ith  lull  explanatory  letter-press. 

The  size  of  this  Volume  is  oblong  quarto ;  it  is  done  up  in  half-morocco,  with 
gilded  side,  lettering,  etc.    Price  35s. 


Just  Completed. 

THE   BIBLE  ,0F   EVERY   LAND. 

A  History  of  all  the  Versions  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures  hitherto  published,  with  an 
Account  of  their  Distribution  among  the  Nations  of  the  Earth. 

Illustrated  with  very  numermcs  Specimens,  Coloured  Maps,  Comparative  Alphabets, 
Indexes,  etc.  etc. 

The  "  BIBLE  OF  EVERY  LAND  "  attempts  to  embrace  the  operations  of 
all  Christian  men  throughout  the  earth,  and  to  present  to  its  readers  a  succinct 
account  of  the  present  state  of  Bible  distribution  and  3Iissionary  effort ;  hoping, 
thereby,  to  excite  thankfulness  to  God  for  what  is  accouiplislied,  and  to  stimulate 
to  fresh  effoi'ts,  by  the  exhibition  of  the  clouds  that  still  darken  every  portion  of 
the  habitable  globe.  The  List  of  Languages  into  which  the  Scriptures  have  not 
been  translated  will  be  found  very  interesting. 

The  size  of  tlie  Volume  is  Crown  quarto.  The  Binding  is  of  the  best  kind,  in 
half-morocco,  with  characteristic  designs.    The  price  ^'2  2s. 

Dedicated  by  permission  to  his  Grace  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury. 


THE  SYRIAC  NEW  TESTAMENT, 

Foolscap  octavo,  price  8s. 
The  Syiuac  Testament  and  Lexicon,  in  One  volume,  price  12s. 


A  SYRIAC  LEXICON, 

Uniform,  price  4s. 


THE  SYRIAC  TESTAMENT  AND  LEXICON, 

In  One  volume,  price  1 2s. 


A  SYRIAC  READING  BOOK ; 

Consisting  of  Extracts  from  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  and  tlie  Syriac  Nar- 
rative of  Richard  Coeur  de  Lion's  Crusading  Adventures,  translated  and  gram- 
matically analysed.    In  post  octavo,  price  5s. 


A  SYRIAC  CONCORDANCE  TO  THE  NEW 
TESTAMENT, 

Somewhat  on  the  principle  of  Cruden's  Concordance,  is  in  preparation. 

SAMUEL    BAGSTER    AND    SONS, 

15,  PATERNOSTER  ROW. 


DATE  DUE 

_^^.i,«-^- 

%Xigmm — 

mm^SMw 

iiiiiini'^r'l 

^P^flTB 

ft 

CAYLORD 

CRlNTtOrNU    S.A 

BS2332.T78 

^';ctureontheh,stoncev,denceof 

'"""'°"Iff°;o9>ca,Sem,nary-SpeerLb 

,  jmm 

:J012  00012  6534